Skip to main content

Full text of "Chats with children of the church"

See other formats


CHIL 
OF  THE  CHURCH 


jt' 


JAMES  M.FARRAR.D.D. 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 


CHATS  WITH 

CHILDREN  OF  THE 

CHURCH 


BY 
JAMES   M.   FARRAR,   D.D.,   LL.D. 

Author  of  "A  Junior  Congregation"  and  "Little  Talks 
to  Little  People" 


FUNK  &  WAGNALLS  COMPANY 

NEW  YORK  AND  LONDON 
1912 


Copyright,  1910-1911 
THE  CHRISTIAN  HERALD 

Copyright,  1912 
PUNK  &  WAGNALLS  COMPANY 

[Printed  in  the  United  States  of  America] 
Published,  September,  1912 


Confenfe 


1. 
2. 
s. 

4. 
5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 


24. 


PAGE 

The  Price  op  a  Day 7 

Bending  a  Sword  Into  a  Crown       .      .  12 

Carnation  Celebration 17 

The  Land  of  the  Shadow    ....  22 

A  Clean  Lent 27 

St.  Valentine  and  Lincoln  ....  31 

The  Father  of  Our  Country    ...  35 

A  Little  Talk  on  Sentiment       ...  40 

The  Village  Blacksmith      ....  45 

A  Saint  Digging  a  Well       ....  50 

The  Children's  Palm  Sunday   ...  55 

The  Children's  Easter  Sunday       .      .  60 

All  Fool's  Day 65 

A  Golden  Spoon 70 

A  Little  Brown  Bed 76 

Keep  off  This  Seat 81 

Mother's  Day 86 

Grant's  Birthday 91 

Peace  Day 96 

Apple  Blossom  Sunday 101 

Memorial  Day 106 

Clinging  Climbers  (Rose  Sunday)    .       .  Ill 

Our  Flag  Day 116 

Hanging  a  Prayer  on  the  Stars      .      .  121 

5 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

25. 

The  Cross  on  the  Arm   .... 

.     126 

26. 

The  Coming  Fourth  of  July     . 

.     131 

27. 

The  White  Stone 

.     136 

28. 

Superstition  and  St.  Swithin    . 

.      141 

29. 

The  Password 

.     146 

30. 

The  Little  Window  Door 

151 

31. 

August  in  Earnest 

.      156 

32. 

Vacation  Rest,  With  a  Thread 

.      161 

33. 

Raindrops  and  the  Rainbow 

.     166 

34. 

Labor  Day  

.     171 

3,5. 

Rest  Day 

.     176 

36. 

Little  Moments  and  Margins    . 

.     181 

37. 

Little  Children  and  the  Big  Stick 

186 

38. 

New  Year's  Day  in  October  . 

191 

39. 

Columbus  Day 

196 

40. 

A  Little  Child  and  a  Big  Man  . 

201 

41. 

The  Statue  of  Liberty  .... 

206 

42. 

All  Saints'  Day  and  Hallow's  Eve 

211 

43. 

John's  Letter  to  Children    . 

216 

44. 

Chrysanthemum  Sunday  .... 

221 

45. 

Thanksgiving   Day 

226 

46. 

Linked  Up  With  God      .... 

231 

47. 

Nothing  Ventured,  Nothing  Won    . 

236 

48. 

The  Advent  Child 

241 

49. 

Peace  Sunday 

246 

50. 

The  Silent  Years 

251 

51. 

Steel-Rimmed  Spectacles      .      .      .      . 

256 

52. 

Gold-Rimmed  Spectacles       . 

261 

CHATS   WITH   CHILDREN 
OF   THE   CHURCH 


One 
THE    PRICE    OF    A    DAY 

"Redeeming   the   time." — Ephesians  5:16. 

fTl  HE  first  day  of  the  New  Year  will  soon  fold  its 
**•  tent  like  an  Arab,  and  as  silently  steal  away. 
Each  day  has  twenty-four  hours,  and  that  seems  like 
a  long  time.  But  each  hour  is  divided  into  seconds, 
and  these  tiny  mites  of  a  day  may  slip  away  before 
you  pray.  They  go  so  quickly  that  an  hour  is  soon 
past ;  it  won't  last.  As  soon  as  one  hour  goes  another 
hour  starts  to  run  after  it.  One  part  of  the  day  you 
have  for  play,  and  each  play  hour  is  on  roller  skates. 
Juniors  should  sleep  at  least  ten  hours  a  day ;  each 
one  of  these  hours  steals  away  before  you  wake.  In 
the  day  there  is  a  break. 

If,  therefore,  you  are  going  to  d©  anything  with 
7 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

the  days  of  this  New  Year  you  must  be  quick  about 
it,  or  they  will  all  slip  away  in  making  way  for 
another  day.  Paul  says  we  should  redeem  them. 
What  does  he  mean?  His  idea  is  that  you  should 
buy  them,  purchase  them,  make  them  your  own.  The 
days  of  this  year  will  go  faster  than  any  automobile. 
They  will  never  have  a  punctured  tire,  and  you  can 
not  arrest  them  for  speeding.  They  will  just  keep  go- 
ing on  at  full  speed.  Are  you  ready  to  purchase  one 
day?  Have  you  money  enough  to  purchase  a  whole 
day?  You  may  be  surprised  to  learn  that  even  one 
hour  is  of  more  value  than  an  automobile.  What 
do  you  suppose  a  day  is  worth?  I  can  tell  you  what 
a  very  rich  man  by  the  name  of  Carnegie  has  offered, 
or  said  he  would  be  very  willing  to  give,  for  ten  more 
years  of  life.  He  enjoys  this  world,  and  would  like 
to  live  in  it  ten  years  more.  For  these  ten  years, 
if  any  one  could  sell  them  to  him,  he  would  be  willing 
to  give  two  hundred  millions  of  dollars. 

If  this  is  the  price,  how  much  time  can  you  pur- 
chase? In  ten  years  there  are  3,650  days.  At  the 
rate  that  Mr.  Carnegie  is  willing  to  pay  for  ten  years, 
one  day  would  be  worth  $54,794.  Is  that  too  much  to 
pay?  Then  possibly  you  would  be  willing  to  take  an 
hour.    An  hour  at  this  rate  would  cost  you  $ 

8 


THE    PRICE    OF    A    DAY 

Is  that  too  much  for  your  pocketbook  so  soon  after 
Christmas?  Then  possibly  you  would  be  willing  to 
buy  a  minute.  A  minute  would  cost  you  $38. 
I  see  some  of  you  shaking  your  heads.  You  do  not 
have  $38?  Then  you  had  better  buy  a  second,  for 
I  am  sure  you  want  to  have  some  time  that  you  can 
call  your  own  Now,  how  much  would  a  second  cost 
you?  I  want  you  to  figure  this  out  when  you  go 
home.  If  one  minute  costs  $38,  how  much  will  one 
second  cost?  This  is  the  price  an  old  man  is  willing 
to  pay  for  every  second  in  ten  years. 

Time  is  very  much  more  valuable  for  a  junior  than 
it  is  for  a  senior.  An  hour  now  is  worth  ten  hours 
when  you  are  old.  A  year  now  is  worth  ten  years 
when  you  are  old.  I  am  glad  God  does  not  ask  you 
to  purchase  time  with  money.  Some  of  you  boys 
and  girls  would  have  to  work  a  month  of  borrowed 
time  in  order  to  buy  a  second.  What  is  the  price 
God  asks  you  to  give  for  time?  "Redeeming  the 
time"  means  buying  the  opportunity.  A  study  hour 
is  an  opportunity.  If  you  make  good  use  of  the 
hour,  you  have  purchased  it,  you  have  bought  an 
opportunity  for  study.  The  price  was  hard  work. 
If  you  have  an  hour  for  recitation  you  pay  attention 
for  the  hour.     An  hour  for  play  is  purchased  by  ex- 

9 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

ercise,  and  you  get  health.     You  buy  every  oppor- 
tunity by  using  it. 

The  trouble  with  a  great  number  of  boys  and  girls 
is  that  they  lose  much  of  their  time.  The  morning 
hour  is  the  most  valuable  one  of  the  day.  Your  mind 
has  had  a  long  rest  during  the  night,  and  is  fresh 
and  ready  for  work.  You  lose  the  best  hour.  I  think 
I  know  where  you  lost  it.  You  will  probably  find  it 
in  your  bed.  You  just  turned  over  and  dropt  half 
an  hour  in  a  nap.  Two  naps  make  a  knapsack,  into 
which  you  often  drop  an  hour.  Then  you  lose  many 
of  these  valuable  minutes  by  being  late  for  breakfast, 
late  at  school,  late  for  church,  always  behind  time. 
Here  is  a  sentiment  that  I  would  like  to  have  you 
commit  and  repeat  every  night  before  you  go  to  bed : 

LOST !  Somewhere  between  sunrise  and  sunset, 
two  Golden  Hours,  each  set  with  Sixty  Diamond 
Minutes.  No  reward  is  offered,  for  they  are  gone 
forever. 

Shall  I  tell  you  a  story?  Here  is  one  that  is 
specially  interesting  because  it  is  true.  It  is  a  sad 
story  about  the  late  Prince  Napoleon.  He  had  joined 
the  English  army,  and  was  one  day  at  the  head  of  a 
squad  riding  horseback  outside  the  camp.  It  was  a 
dangerous  situation.     One  of  the  company  said,  "We 

10 


THE    PRICE    OF   A   DAY 

had  better  return  ;  if  we  don't  hasten  we  may  fall  into 
the  hands  of  the  enemy."  "Oh,"  said  the  Prince,  let 
us  stay  here  ten  minutes,  and  drink  our  coffee."  Be- 
fore the  ten  minutes  had  passed  a  company  of  Zulus 
came  upon  them,  and  in  the  skirmish  the  Prince 
lost  his  life.  His  mother,  when  informed  of  the  facts, 
in  her  anguish  said,  "That  was  his  great  mistake 
from  babyhood.  He  never  wanted  to  go  to  bed  at 
night,  nor  to  rise  in  the  morning.  He  was  ever 
pleading  for  ten  minutes  more.  When  too  sleepy  to 
speak,  he  would  lift  up  his  two  little  hands  and  spread 
out  ten  fingers,  indicating  that  he  wanted  ten  minutes 
more.  On  this  account  I  sometimes  called  him  'Mr. 
Ten  Minutes.'  " 

Redeem  each  and  every  hour  of  the  day,  and  then 
at  night,  after  you  have  said  your  prayer,  and  just 
before  you  fall  asleep,  you  can  hear  Longfellow  sing : 

"And  the  night  shall  be  filled  with  music, 
And  the  cares  that  infest  the  day 

Shall  fold  their  tents  like  the  Arabs, 
And  as  silently  steal  away." 


11 


Two 

BENDING  A  SWORD  INTO  A  CROWN 

"Escaped  the  edge  of  the  sword."— Hebrews  11:34. 

ELEVEN  days  of  our  New  Year  have  folded  their 
tents.  Each  one  stole  away  silently  at  mid- 
night. All  the  other  days  of  this  New  Year  are  in 
the  temple  of  To-morrow.  To-morrow,  the  torment- 
ing day  that  never  comes.  It  is  that  strange  day 
that  never  arrives,  but  always  sends  To-day.  We 
call  To-morrow  a  temple,  because  from  To-morrow, 
To-day  comes  to  us  so  pure  and  good.  It  comes 
without  sin  and  without  stain,  alike  in  sunshine  and 
rain.  Every  junior  takes  To-day  as  it  comes  from 
To-morrow,  and  writes  something  on  it  before  it 
passes  into  Yesterday.  When  the  day  slips  by  with- 
out being  stained  or  spoiled,  God  takes  it  and  reads 
with  pleasure  all  you  have  written  on  it.  If  the  day 
does  not  go  from  you  as  clean  and  sweet  as  it  came 
to  you,  Satan  will  claim  it  when  it  becomes  Yesterday. 
He  will  read  all  you  write  on  it  as  a  letter  to  him 
from  you. 

Over  the  head  of  every  boy  and  girl  who  redeemed 
12 


BENDING   A    SWORD    INTO    A    CROWN 

each  day  for  God,  hangs  a  crown.  It  is  held  in  the 
air,  over  his  head,  by  a  very  slender  thread.  This 
thread  will  some  day  break,  and  let  the  crown  down 
softly  upon  his  head.  God  has  a  crown  for  every  one 
of  his  workers.  I  believe  the  brightest  are  for  boys 
and  girls.  The  juniors  are  wearing  crowns  to-day, 
but  their  eyes  are  not  bright  enough  to  see  them. 
In  the  next  world  you  will  see  the  crowns  you  on  earth 
wore  while  on  your  daily  rounds. 

Over  the  head  of  every  boy  and  girl  who  works 
for  Satan  there  hangs  a  sword.  It  is  suspended  only 
by  a  thread.  I  do  not  like  to  talk  about  the  sword; 
I  would  rather  talk  about  the  crown.  But  there  is  a 
sword  hanging  over  the  head  of  every  junior  who  is 
not  redeeming  each  day,  and  is  not  sending  it  back 
clean  and  sweet  to  God.  Now  I  am  sure  you  will 
think  this  sermon  is  long  enough  and  you  are  wait- 
ing for  a  story.  Here  is  a  story  which  I  change  a 
little  for  the  sake  of  the  juniors,  but  it  is  really  one 
of  the  great  stories  of  the  world,  and  the  main  part 
of  it  actually  happened.  Many  years  ago  there  was 
a  boy  who  wrote  on  each  day  unkind  words  and 
marked  each  day  with  dark  deeds — received  each  day 
from  God,  and  sent  it  on  to  Satan.  He  was  a 
Prince,  the  son  of  Dionysius.     So  cruel  and  unkind 

13 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

was  the  Prince  that  the  people  called  him  the  "Young 
Tyrant."  He  was  very  rich,  and  lived  in  a  fine 
palace,  with  everything  as  beautiful  as  money  could 
buy.  But  he  did  not  purchase  each  day  for  God; 
he  stained  it  for  Satan.  Then  there  was  some- 
thing the  King  and  all  his  friends  tried  to  find.  It 
was  something  unseen  that  made  the  Prince  unhappy. 
He  said  he  felt  something  over  his  head,  but  no  one 
could  see  it. 

One  day  a  very  poor  child,  the  son  of  Damocies, 
came  to  the  palace  and  saw  the  Prince  as  he  walked 
in  the  garden.  The  boy  spoke  to  the  Prince,  and 
said,  "How  happy  you  must  be!  You  have  here 
everything  you  desire."  The  boy  was  surprized  to 
hear  the  Prince  was  very  unhappy.  The  Prince  said, 
"Perhaps  you  would  like  to  change  places  with  me; 
if  so,  I  will  give  you  all  my  riches  and  pleasures  for 
one  day  if  you  may  teach  me  how  to  play.  You  can 
take  my  place  and  everything  that  is  here  will  be 
yours  for  the  day,  but  you  must  stay  and  play  as 
I  say."  The  boy  agreed  and  anxiously  waited  for 
"to-day"  to  come  from  "to-morrow."  He  could  not 
sleep  that  night,  thinking  how  happy  he  was  going 
to  be  for  one  day.  The  next  day  he  went  to  the 
palace,  and  all  the  servants  were  told  to  treat  him 

14 


BENDING  A  SWORD  INTO  A  CROWN 

as  the  Prince.  He  soon  tired  of  the  palace  and  its 
pleasures. 

He  went  out  and  sat  down  under  a  tree  in  the 
garden,  where  everything  that  was  good  to  eat  and 
drink  was  placed  before  him.  Anything  that  he  could 
think  of  was  brought  to  him  the  -moment  he  men- 
tioned it.  He  sat  enjoying  the  good  things  and 
listening  to  the  wonderful  music.  He  tried  to  make 
himself  believe  that  he  was  the  happiest  boy  in  all 
the  world.  He  thought  he  was  enjoying  the  life  his 
father  and  mother  had  taught  him  not  to  live.  He 
chanced  to  raise  his  eyes  toward  the  sky,  and  saw 
a  sharp  sword  that  hung  directly  over  his  head.  He 
was  frightened  when  he  saw  it  was  held  only  by  two 
threads  of  a  spider's  web.  What  if  the  threads  should 
break?  The  smile  faded  from  his  lips  and  he  became 
ashy  pale. 

The  Prince  came  and  asked  him  what  the  trouble 
was.  "That  sword!  That  sword!"  cried  the  boy. 
"How  can  I  escape  the  edge  of  the  sword?"  He  was 
so  frightened  that  he  feared  to  move  lest  the  sword 
would  fall.  "Let  me  go,"  he  said,  "for  I  can  not 
be  happy  with  this  sword  hanging  over  my  head." 
He  went  back  to  his  old  home,  in  the  poor  little 
cottage,  where  he  thanked  God  for  the  plain  food 

15 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

and  Christian  home  and  the  music  of  the  birds  and 
the  brook. 

He  began  again  to  think  good  thoughts  and  to 
do  noble  deeds,  and  then  real  joy  filled  his  heart. 
Looking  up  from  the  table,  he  saw  hanging  over  his 
head  a  crown,  a  beautiful  crown,  suspended  by  just 
one  thread  of  a  spider's  web.  Some  one  whispered, 
"When  your  life  is  pure,  and  you  are  content  and 
willing  to  think  more  of  God  than  of  riches  and 
pleasures,  then  this  crown  will  fall  gently  upon  your 
head.  As  soon  as  he  learned  this,  he  ran,  almost 
out  of  breath,  to  the  Prince  and  told  him  about  the 
crown.  It  is  the  sword  that  makes  you  unhappy. 
He  told  the  Prince  if  he  would  be  a  brother  to  the 
Prince  of  Peace,  an  angel  would  come  and  bend  the 
sword,  now  hanging  over  his  head,  into  a  crown. 
From  him  the  Prince  was  glad  to  learn  how  to  escape 
the  edge  of  the  sword. 


16 


Three 
CARNATION    CELEBRATION 

"The   Word  was  made  flesh." — John   1:14. 

THE  Carnation  holds  the  world's  admiration.  It 
was  first  found  in  southern  Europe.  Flower 
lovers  have  cultivated  it  for  many,  many  years,  be- 
cause of  its  fragrance  and  beauty.  Do  you  know 
the  meaning  of  the  name  Carnation?  We  get  the 
name  Carnation  from  a  Latin  word  that  means  flesh. 
The  wild  Carnation  was  flesh-colored.  The  beautiful 
pink  of  a  little  child's  flesh.  Carnation,  there- 
fore, means  flesh,  or  flesh-colored.  It  was  once  called 
a  pink.  By  loving  the  Carnation  a  little,  coaxing  it 
a  little,  and  pushing  it  a  little,  the  florist  has  made 
it  bloom  in  several  colors. 

This  name  Carnation  will  help  you  to  remember 
the  long  word,  "Incarnation."  Take  off  the  "in" 
and  you  have  left  "Carnation,"  the  name  of  this 
flower.  Put  "in"  back  again,  and  you  have  "In- 
carnation." Now  you  have  a  new  word,  one  you  will 
never  forget.  What  does  this  long  word  mean?  Car- 
nation, you  know,  means  flesh,  and  Incarnation,  then, 

17 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

means  in  the  flesh.  The  Incarnation  of  Christ  means 
his  life  here  on  earth  in  the  flesh ;  that  is,  in  the  body. 
"The  Word  was  made  flesh."  "Word"  is  one  of  the 
names  the  Bible  uses  for  Christ.  "In  the  beginning 
was  the  Word."  Christ  came  down  from  heaven,  and 
lived  in  a  flesh  body  like  yours.  He  came  as  a  little 
child,  with  beautiful  pink  cheeks.  "Carnation,"  a 
flesh-colored  flower;  "Incarnation,"  the  beautiful 
flesh-color,  or  body,  in  which  Christ  lived  while  on 
earth. 

Just  think,  isn't  it  splendid?  The  junior  congre- 
gation knows  what  the  minister  means  when  he  talks 
to  the  senior  congregation  about  the  "Incarnation 
of  Christ."  He  means  our  Christ  living  in  the  flesh, 
living  close  to  us,  suffering  with  us,  rejoicing  with 
us,  dying  for  us.  The  Bible  calls  Christ  the  "Rose 
of  Sharon"  and  the  "Lily  of  the  Valley."  We  will 
also  call  him  our  "Carnation."  I  am  glad  the  Bible 
tells  us  to  think  of  Christ  as  being  like  a  flower.  He 
is  just  like  a  flower,  of  which  I  read  last  week.  On 
one  side  of  a  gangway  entering  a  coal  mine  grows  a 
plant  which  is  perfectly  white.  Visitors  on  seeing 
it  were  surprized  that  this  little  plant  could  be  so 
pure  and  white,  clean  and  sweet,  with  coal  dust  and 
dirt  flying  over  it  all  the  time.    A  miner  took  a  hand- 

18 


CARNATION    CELEBRATION 

ful  of  coal  dust  and  threw  it  upon  the  plant.  The 
coal  dust  fell  off  the  flowers.  There  is  something 
like  enamel  on  the  white  flower,  to  which  the  finest 
speck  could  not  stick.  There  the  flower  lives,  the 
one  spot  of  beauty  and  purity  amid  a  world  of  work 
and  dirt.  Christ  became  incarnate,  lived  in  a  body 
as  we  do,  to  show  us  how  we  can  live  and  work  in 
the  dust  and  dirt  of  sin  and  still  keep  our  body,  mind 
and  soul  clean  and  sweet. 

Flowers  also  help  to  make  our  lives  clean  and  sweet. 
A  young  girl  on  a  train  gave  a  bunch  of  Carnations 
to  a  little  cripple.  The  child  held  them  to  her  lips 
and  prest  them  to  her  heart  until  she  fell  asleep. 
As  the  train  neared  her  home,  her  father  came  in 
from  another  car.  At  the  sight  of  his  little  one  lying 
peacefully  with  the  Carnations  in  her  hand  and  her 
head  against  the  stranger,  he  said,  in  a  voice  full  of 
feeling,  "I'm  not  a  prayin'  man,  but,  the  Lord's 
blessin'  rest  on  you  for  your  kindness  to  my  mother- 
less child."  The  little  girl  roused  as  she  was  taken 
in  her  father's  arms,  and  said,  "I've  been — in — 
heaven — pa;  I've  got — some — Carnations."  The 
dear  child,  I  hope  some  one  told  her  about  the  "In- 
Carnation." 

Look  a  little  louder,  please,  through  that  tear! 
19 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Now  I  hear.  You  say,  if  I  will  tell  you  another 
story,  you  will  remember  all  the  sermon.  Here, 
then,  is  the  story.  President  McKinley  loved  the 
Carnation.  It  was  the  flower  he  wore  in  the  button- 
hole of  his  coat.  January  29,  will  be  the  seventieth 
anniversary  of  his  birth.  Millions  of  people  each 
year,  on  January  29,  wear  a  Carnation  in  memory 
of  this  great  and  good  man.  We  therefore  call 
January  29  "Carnation  Day."  To-day  we  will  call 
"Carnation  Sunday."     Our  Carnation  Celebration! 

President  McKinley  was  shot  September  6,  1901, 
when  visiting  the  Pan-American  Exposition  in  Buf- 
falo. He  died  on  September  14,  at  the  Milburn 
home.  Three  days  before  he  died,  a  poor  but  sweet- 
faced  old  lady  tried  to  get  to  the  house  to  see  Mrs. 
McKinley.  She  carried  a  bunch  of  old-fashioned 
garden  posies,  and  had  them  tied  with  a  faded  pink 
ribbon.  In  this  bouquet  were  many  "hardy  pinks," 
now  called  Carnations.  A  policeman  stopped  her 
near  the  rope  that  kept  the  crowd  back  from  the 
house.  "You  can't  go  through,  lady,"  said  the  of- 
ficer, stepping  in  front  of  her.  She  stepped  back 
trembling,  and  the  tears  began  to  flow  as  she  said, 
"Will  you  be  so  kind  as  to  give  these  flowers  to  Mrs. 
McKinley?     They're  from  my  own  yard,   and  I've 


CARNATION    CELEBRATION 

walked  clear  in  from  out  near  Grimesville  to  give 
them  to  Mrs.  McKinley,  with  my  love.  Tell  her  that 
we  are  all  praying  out  at  Grimesville  that  her  hus- 
band will  get  well." 

It  is  said  at  the  Milburn  home  that,  while  there 
were  bouquets  of  American  Beauty  roses  here  and 
there  in  the  rooms,  the  bunch  of  old-fashioned  posies 
from  the  woman  from  out  Grimesville  way,  who 
prayed  for  the  President,  had  the  place  of  honor  on 
her  dresser.  The  Incarnation  of  Christ  made  the 
world  wonderfully  beautiful,  fragrant  and  kind. 

On  this  day  the  children  come  with  arms  full  of  Carnations, 
and  after  the  service  they  are  sent  to  the  children's  ward  of 
the  hospital,  and  to  any  sick  children  known  of  to  whom  they 
can  be  sent. 


~2\ 


Four 
THE    LAND    OF    THE    SHADOW 

"They  that  dwell  in  the  land  of  the  shadow." — Isaiah  9:2. 

\  ]|  TISH  I  could  be  a  country  boy  again,  just  for 
*  »  a  day.  If  the  choice  came  at  this  time  of  the 
year,  I  would  take  February  2  for  that  one  day. 
What  a  great  day  it  used  to  be  in  the  fields,  watch- 
ing the  woodchuck.  We  Pennsylvania  boys  called  it 
Groundhog  Day.  But  as  the  woodchuck  and  the 
groundhog  are  the  same  animal,  it  does  not  matter 
which  name  we  use.  The  mound  around  the  ground- 
hog hole  was  our  weather  bureau.  There  was  an  old 
myth,  that  had  great  interest  for  the  blacksmith's 
son.  If  the  groundhog  came  out  on  February  2,  and 
saw  his  shadow,  we  believed  he  would  dive  head  fore- 
most into  his  hole.  Out  from  his  dark  hole  in  the 
ground  he  would  not  come  for  six  weeks.  I  am  sure 
you  are  all  sorry  for  the  foolish  groundhog.  Run- 
ning from  his  shadow,  and  hiding  in  a  dark  hole  for 
six  long  weeks! 

I  imagine  that  the  Indian  boys  call  him  "groundhog 
afraid  of  his  shadow."    Do  we  know  any  "boy  afraid 


THE    LAND   OF   THE    SHADOW 

of  his  shadow,"  or  "girl  afraid  of  her  shadow?" 
Why  should  any  one  be  afraid  of  a  shadow?  One 
of  the  most  beautiful  homes  in  this  country  was  built 
from  a  shadow.  How  could  a  house  be  built  from  a 
shadow?  One  day  Mr.  Spencer  Trask  and  his  little 
daughter  were  crossing  a  rustic  bridge,  over  a  beau- 
tiful lake.  The  little  girl  saw  their  shadows  in  the 
water  and,  pointing  with  joy,  said,  "Yaddo,"  which 
was  as  near  as  her  baby  tongue  could  get  to  the 
word  shadow.  Near  this  lake  her  father  built  a  man- 
sion, where  the  little  child  could  see  its  shadow  and 
shout  "Yaddo."  He  named  the  mansion  "Yaddo." 
This  is  what  I  mean  by  building  a  home  from  a 
shadow.  Would  it  not  be  great  to  build  our  shadows 
into  something  beautiful  and  useful? 

But  I  am  not  going  to  preach  to-day,  and  will  stop 
right  here,  and  tell  you  a  story.  It  is  about  "The 
Land  of  the  Shadow  People."  I  found  the  story  in 
one  of  our  daily  papers.  Elaine  made  a  long  journey 
to  the  Land  of  the  Shadow  People.  She  soon  noticed 
that  they  had  a  strange  custom  of  always  walking 
and  working  with  their  backs  to  the  sun.  In  the 
morning  they  worked  with  their  faces  set  westward, 
and  at  noon  turned  and  began  working  backward. 
Always  with  their  backs  to  the  sun.     Approaching 

23 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

one,  whose  strong  body  she  admired,  Elaine  said  that 
it  was  a  beautiful  day.  To  her  surprize,  this  man 
replied  that  one  so  sick  and  sad  as  he  did  not  care 
whether  the  day  was  beautiful  or  not.  And  when 
she  exprest  surprize  at  such  a  remark,  he  pointed 
down  to  his  shadow  lying  on  the  ground  and  said, 
"You  see  me  there,  see  how  dark  and  thin  I  am." 
"But,"  she  cried  out  in  surprize,  "what  difference  does 
that  make?  That  is  not  yourself,  it  is  only  the 
shadow  of  your  real  body."  The  man  answered, 
"No,  that  is  not  my  shadow;  that  is  my  real  self 
lying  on  the  ground." 

Elaine  was  sorry,  but  he  would  not  let  her  help 
him.  She  went  to  a  beautiful  young  girl,  who  was 
sitting  with  her  face  to  the  west  while  sewing.  A 
straighter,  better  developed  girl,  with  more  beautiful 
face,  she  had  never  seen.  When  Elaine  spoke  to  her, 
she  began  complaining  of  her  poor  health,  and  said 
she  was  sinking  into  an  early  grave.  "But,"  mur- 
mured Elaine,  "you  have  no  signs  of  sickness;  you 
are  beautiful  and  strong."  "You  are  a  strange  girl," 
the  young  woman  responded;  "if  you  look  at  my 
body  you  will  see  that  it  is  already  shrunken  and 
eaten  away  by  sickness."  "But,"  Elaine  said,  "what 
of  it?    That  is  not  yourself!    That  is  nothing  but  a 


THE    LAND    OF    THE    SHADOW 

shadow  of  yourself."  The  beautiful  girl  said,  "You 
tell  me  that  is  not  my  body!  Whose  is  it,  then?" 
Elaine  kindly  said,  "Why,  nobody's.  It  is  nothing 
but  your  shadow."  But  the  young  woman  would  not 
believe  her. 

Elaine  hurried  over  to  a  group  of  little  children 

who   were   staying  in   one   place,  but   not   playing. 

Here,  too,  she  found  that  each  one's  attention  was 

bent  upon  his  or  her  shadow  on  the  ground,  and  each 

was  afraid  of  it.     Elaine   asked,   "Why  don't  you 

juniors  turn  your  faces  to  the  sun,  and  you  won't 

see  those  ugly  shadows."     "Turn  to  the  sun !    Why, 

then,  we  couldn't  see  ourselves,  and,  if  we  didn't  see 

our  bodies,  how  could  we  care  for  them?"     At  last 

Elaine  succeeded  in  persuading  one  little  girl  to  turn 

toward  the  light.     "Why,"  she  exclaimed,  "where  is 

my  body?    I  don't  see  it !    What  has  become  of  it?" 

"Just  where  it  always  was,"  Elaine  replied,  and  she 

laid  her  hand  on  the  girl's  shoulder.     "It  seems  so 

strange.    Why,  I  don't  feel  a  bit  sick."    Elaine  asked, 

"Why  not  remain  with  your  back  to  the  dark  and 

your  face  to  the  light?    Are  you  not  happier  as  you 

are?"     "Oh,  so  much  happier.     Why,  I  never  was 

happy  before."     Then  all  the  juniors  turned  from 

their  shadows  with  a  shout  of  joy,  and  Elaine  taught 

25 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

them  how  to  play  and  pray.    This  was  the  first  junior 
congregation  in  the  Land  of  the  Shadow  People. 

Woodchuck  Day  is  a  good  time  for  us  to  say  we 
will  not  dwell  in  the  Land  of  the  Shadow.  In  the 
Bible  we  read  of  "a  sun  and  shield."  A  sun  to  give 
us  light,  and  a  shield  to  protect  us  from  danger. 
See  if  you  can  find  the  name  of  our  "Sun  and  Shield," 
who  taught  us  how  to  dwell  and  to  be  happy  in  the 
Land  of  the  Shadow. 


Five 


A    CLEAN    LENT 

"Tho  your  sins  be  as  scarlet,  they  shall  be  as  white  as  snow." 
—Isaiah  1:18. 

A  SH  Wednesday  is  the  first  day  of  Lent  and 
*■*■  Easter  Sunday  is  the  last  day  in  Lent.  From 
early  times  the  Church  has  set  apart  this  season  in 
memory  of  Christ's  forty-day  fast.  The  name  of 
Lent  comes  from  an  old  word  meaning  Spring.  This 
observance  in  memory  of  Christ's  forty-day  fast  in 
the  wilderness  came  in  the  spring,  so  they  called  it 
Lent.  Some  call  it  "Clean  Lent."  What  a  strange 
name  ?  What  do  they  mean  ?  On  Ash  Wednesday,  in 
some  of  the  churches,  ashes  and  holy  water  are 
sprinkled  on  the  people  in  the  sign  of  the  cross.  Ashes 
mean  humility — we  must  be  humble.  Water  has 
reference  to  our  need  of  washing  clean  from  all  sin. 
The  sign  of  the  cross  refers  to  what  Christ  has  done 
for  us.  Because  Lent  begins  on  Ash  Wednesday  with 
this  ceremony  of  cleaning  it  is  called  Clean  Lent. 

A  Quaker,  named  Isaac  Hopper,  was  a  great  lover 
of  little  children.     When  he  met  a  boy  with  a  dirty 

27 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

face  or  hands  he  would  ask  him,  "Didst  thou  ever 
study  chemistry  ?"  The  boy,  with  a  wondering  stare, 
would  answer,  "No."  "Then  I  will  teach  thee  how 
to  perform  a  curious  chemical  experiment.  Go  home, 
take  a  piece  of  soap,  put  it  in  water,  and  rub  it 
briskly  on  thy  hands  and  face.  Then  thou  wilt  see 
what  a  beautiful  froth  it  will  make.  From  it  thou 
canst  make  soap  bubbles.  This  is  a  chemical  experi- 
ment ;  I  advise  thee  to  try  it." 

It  is  not  the  body,  but  the  mind  and  soul,  that  are 
to  be  cleansed  and  made  ready  for  the  Easter  joy. 
In  our  church  we  do  not  have  the  chemical  experi- 
ment with  ashes  and  holy  water,  but  we  do  want  you 
to  be  made  humble  and  to  keep  your  mind  and  soul 
clean.  Tho  your  sins  be  as  scarlet,  they  shall  be  as 
white  as  snow.  On  Ash  Wednesday  just  think,  think, 
think  of  what  the  day  means.  You  wash  and  get  ready 
for  dinner.  Lent  is  the  getting  ready  for  the  feast 
of  Easter.  Let  your  prayer  every  morning  be, 
"Wash  me,  and  I  shall  be  whiter  than  snow."  At  the 
close  of  Christ's  forty-day  fast  we  read  that  the 
angels  came  and  ministered  unto  him.  Make  this 
"Clean  Lent,"  and  at  Easter  I  am  sure  the  angels 
will  bring  blessings  to  you.  Remember  not  only  the 
water  of  cleansing,  but  also  the  ashes  of  humility. 

28 


A    CLEAN    LENT 

Humility  means  bowing  jour  proud  head.  Can  I 
help  you  to  remember  this  ?  Listen !  An  eccentric 
minister,  preaching  on  "The  Ark,"  said :  "Noah  sent 
his  boys  out  to  measure  the  animals,  in  order  to  know- 
how  large  to  make  the  door  of  the  Ark.  The  boys 
brought  back  the  measurement  of  the  elephant  as  the 
largest  animal.  When  the  door  had  been  completed, 
they  came  in,  much  excited,  and  said,  'Father,  father, 
the  door  is  too  low!  We  found  a  giraffe,  with  head 
so  high  it  can  never  get  in.'  The  old  gentleman  re- 
plied, 'I  have  made  the  door  large  enough  to  admit 
the  elephant,  and  that  high-headed  giraffe  must  get 
its  head  down  to  enter.'  And  I  say,  brethren,"  con- 
tinued the  preacher,  "the  door  into  the  Ark  is  wide 
enough  to  admit  an  elephant  of  a  sinner  like  me,  and 
if  you  high-headed  sinners  want  to  get  in  you  must 
get  your  heads  down."  You  must  be  humble  and  use 
God's  method  of  cleansing.  I  hear  a  junior  say,  "I 
am  not  a  great  sinner,  I  am  sure  my  sins  are  not 
like  scarlet ;  why  should  I  be  humble  and  ask  God  to 
wash  my  mind  and  soul?" 

Dr.  Hulbert's  story  about  one  drop  of  red  paint 
will  help  you  to  understand.  A  boy  walked  into  a 
house-painter's  shop  one  day,  and  stood  looking  at 
the  different  colors.     The  painter  had  gone  out  for 

-29 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

something,  and  the  boy  began  to  meddle.  On  the 
floor  stood  a  large  keg  of  white  paint,  and  close 
beside  it  was  a  smaller  one,  filled  with  Indian  red,  all 
ready  for  the  brush.  The  boy  took  hold  of  a  paddle 
in  the  smaller  keg  and  held  it  up,  watching  the  thin 
red  stream  which  flowed  from  the  end.  Something 
startled  him,  and  he  turned  quickly  and  let  a  single 
drop  fall  into  the  white  paint.  The  boy  was  fright- 
ened, and  tried  to  hide  the  one  drop  of  red  paint  by 
mixing  it  well  with  the  white  paint.  At  last  he 
thought  that  the  red  drop  was  completely  hidden. 
But  the  first  thing  that  the  painter  said  when  he 
came  in  was,  "That  keg  of  white  paint  isn't  very 
white.    I  wonder  what's  the  matter  with  it?" 

Some  of  you  have  tried  the  same  thing  with  the 
spots  in  your  characters  that  the  boy  did  with  the 
spot  in  the  paint.  You  try  to  hide  your  sin  by  mix- 
ing it  in  with  your  good  life.  But  one  little,  mean  sin 
will  spoil  your  good  character  just  as  one  drop 
spoiled  the  keg  of  white  paint. 


30 


Six 
ST.    VALENTINE    AND    LINCOLN 

"He  loveth  our  nation." — Luke  7:5. 

WHY  did  the  early  Church  call  Valentine  a 
saint?  Because  he  had  a  great  heart  of 
love.  An  old  Roman  legend  tells  us  that  Valentine 
was  arrested  and  thrown  into  prison  because  he  be- 
came a  Christian.  Asterius,  who  was  a  very  wise 
man,  tried  to  win  Valentine  back  to  heathenism.  This 
wise  man  had  a  beautiful  daughter,  who  was  blind. 
Valentine,  in  the  name  of  Christ,  opened  her  eyes.  Her 
father,  Asterius,  then  believed  in  Valentine's  Chris- 
tianity, and  he  and  all  his  family  were  baptized. 
But  loving  all  who  were  in  sorrow  did  not  save  him 
from  being  murdered.  The  date  of  his  death,  Febru- 
ary 14,  is  celebrated  in  memory  of  his  love,  and  is 
known  as  St.  Valentine's  Day.  If  you  watch  your 
big  brother  and  sister  on  February  14,  you  may  see 
them  sending  valentines — love-letters  hidden  in  pic- 
tures. 

We  celebrate  February  12  as  Lincoln's  Day.     He 
31 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

had  a  great  heart  of  love.  "He  loved  our  nation." 
Ask  father  to  tell  you  how  much  Lincoln  loved  our 
nation.  Ask  him  the  price  Lincoln  paid  for  his  love 
of  our  nation.  But  like  St.  Valentine,  Lincoln's 
great  heart  of  love  did  not  save  him.  On  April  14, 
1865,  he,  like  St.  Valentine,  passed  into  the  larger 
world  of  love. 

How  big  was  Lincoln?  More  than  six  feet  in 
height.  But  that  is  not  his  full  measure.  He  had 
a  great  brain.  But  you  can  not  find  how  big  he  was 
by  measuring  his  brain.  To  know  how  big  he  was, 
how  really  great  he  was,  you  will  have  to  get  the 
measure  of  his  heart.  Last  week  I  was  talking  to  a 
man  who  writes  and  publishes  books.  He  told  me 
that  the  real  greatness  of  a  man  is  not  found  by 
the  measure  of  his  head,  but  by  the  measure  of  his 
heart. 

The  time  will  come  when  we  will  not  speak  of  how 
tall  a  junior  is,  or  how  much  a  junior  weighs,  but  will 
ask  the  size  of  his  or  her  heart.  All  juniors  have  big 
and  good  hearts.  But  sometimes,  as  the  junior  grows, 
the  heart  begins  to  shrink.  There  are  many  things 
that  make  the  heart  smaller  and  smaller  as  juniors 
grow  larger  and  larger.  When  Lincoln  was  a  boy, 
he  avoided  things  that  would  have  wrinkled  his  heart. 

32 


ST.  VALENTINE  AND  LINCOLN 

His  mother  taught  him  never  to  swear,  never  to 
drink  liquor,  and  never  to  lie.  Do  I  hear  you  say, 
"I  know  how  telling  lies  and  swearing  will  shrink  the 
heart.  But  I  do  not  think  that  drinking  liquor  would 
make  the  heart  any  smaller."  I  am  glad  to  hear  you 
say  that  you  "think."  Your  pastor  wants  you  to 
think,  and  if  he  is  wrong  in  what  he  thinks  he  wants 
you  to  set  him  right.  Here  are  two  questions  for 
your  "think":  Would  Lincoln's  heart  have  grown 
if  he  had  become  a  drunkard?  Will  strong  drink 
take  love  out  of  the  heart  ?  I  will  leave  you  to  think, 
and  to  decide  on  these  two  questions.  Send  me  your 
vote.  Vote  yes  or  no  on  each  of  the  questions.  As 
a  reward  for  sending  me  your  vote,  I  will  tell  you 
a  story. 

A  minister,  who  was  my  neighbor  in  the  City  of 
Brotherly  Love,  told  the  following  story  to  a  large 
congregation:  "We  had  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia 
a  man  who  was  secretary  and  treasurer  in  one  of 
our  great  institutions.  I  suppose  there  is  scarcely  a 
man  in  this  city  that  would  equal  him  as  a  finan- 
cier. Certainly  not  one  who  could  surpass  him.  He 
was  a  college  graduate,  and  had  all  the  fine  instincts 
of  a  gentleman.  But  strong  drink  claimed  him  as 
its  victim.    He  drank  and  drank  until  he  had  to  move 

33 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

into  a  very  humble  home.  When  his  baby  died,  they 
had  no  clothing  to  put  on  him  to  make  him  ready  for 
the  grave.  We  furnished  the  clothes.  Somebody 
said  that  altho  the  child's  feet  were  hidden  by  the 
dress,  they  were  bare,  and  that  we  should  put  shoes 
on  the  little  feet.  I  purchased  some  white  kid  shoes 
and  slipped  them  on  the  little  icy  feet.  And  old-time 
friend  said,  'Get  the  father  and  bring  him  in.  Maybe 
if  he  sees  the  baby,  he  will  come  back  to  himself.' 
We  brought  the  father  in.  He  stood  beside  the  little 
casket  for  a  moment,  and  looked  down  into  the  sweet 
face  of  his  child.  Then  he  began  to  shake  with  great 
emotion.  The  tears  ran  down  his  cheeks.  The 
friends  said  to  us,  'Leave  him  alone,'  and  we  went 
out  and  left  him  alone  with  his  child.  He  ran  his 
fingers  over  the  folds  of  the  little  white  dress  and 
underneath,  and  took  off  from  those  icy  feet  the 
white  kid  shoes  and  crammed  them  in  his  pocket. 
When  I  took  his  baby  to  the  grave  the  father  was 
insensible  from  drink.  He  had  pawned  the  little  white 
kid  shoes  and  had  spent  the  money  in  a  saloon. 
This  man's  heart  had  at  one  time  been  as  large  and 
as  full  of  love  as  your  father's  heart."  Please  do 
not  forget  to  send  me  your  vote. 


34 


Seven 
THE    FATHER    OF    OUR    COUNTRY 

"Honor  thy  father."— Mark  10:19. 

GEORGE  WASHINGTON  did  not  have  a  little 
boy  or  a  girl  to  call  him  father.  He  was  lone- 
some, and  adopted  all  the  people  in  this  country  as 
his  children.  We  are  glad  he  adopted  us,  as  he  cer- 
tainly was  a  good  father.  We  will  call  each  State  in 
our  country  a  room  in  Father  Washington's  home, 
and  each  person  in  our  country  a  member  of  his  fam- 
ily. In  1776  how  many  rooms  were  in  his  home? 
That  is  right,  thirteen.  You  do  not  know  how  many 
people  were  in  his  family?  This  you  should  know. 
There  were  3,929,214.  He  loved  every  one;  they 
were  all  his  children.  Why  should  we  honor  the 
"Father  of  our  Country"?  One  reason  is  because 
of  the  troubles  he  had  with  and  for  the  children. 
He  had  many  trials,  and,  when  fighting  those  great 
battles,  he  had  more  defeats  than  victories.  Some 
one  has  counted  forty  times  in  his  life  when  it  did 
not  seem  possible  for  him  to  succeed. 

35 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Do  you  know  the  secret  of  his  final  success?  Here 
is  what  a  student  of  history  says :  "Washington  was 
great  in  his  courage  and  sticking  qualities.  He 
would  stick  until  he  succeeded."  This  was  one  secret 
of  his  success,  but  there  must  be  some  secret  greater 
than  this  one.  He  met  difficulties  that  could  not  have 
been  overcome  by  merely  sticking  at  his  work. 
Listen,  and  I  will  give  you  what  I  believe  was  the 
secret  of  his  success.  Mr.  Potts  owned  the  house  at 
Valley  Forge  in  which  Washington  made  his  head- 
quarters. One  day  Mr.  Potts  was  walking  along 
the  creek,  near  the  house,  and  heard  a  deep  voice. 
Then  he  noticed  a  horse  tied  to  a  sapling.  On  look- 
ing further,  he  found  General  Washington  on  his 
knees  praying.  Washington  believed  God  would  hear 
and  answer  his  prayer.  Read  his  history  and  see  if 
this  was  not  the  great  secret  of  his  success. 

We  should  honor  Father  Washington  also  for  the 
way  he  trained  those  3,929,214  children.  After  his 
death,  the  family  did  not  quarrel.  In  each  of  the 
thirteen  rooms  they  remembered  what  he  told  them, 
and  kept  on  working  together  and  adding  more  rooms 
to  the  house.  How  many  rooms  are  now  in  the 
George  Washington  house  ?  Forty-eight  is  the  correct 
answer.   I  am  glad  you  know  your  American  history. 

36 


THE  FATHER  OF  OUR  COUNTRY 

We  have  one  peculiar  room  named  the  District  of  Co- 
lumbia.   Ask  your  father  why  it  does  not  count  as  a 
State.   Then  there  are  some  large  rooms  on  which  we 
have  not  swung  a  State  door:  Alaska,  Hawaii,  Porto 
Rico,  Guam  and  Tutuila.  There  are  also  children  in  a 
far-away  land,  in  a  house  we  call  the  Philippines. 
If  we  call  each  island  in  the  Philippines  an  ocean 
cubby,  we  have  in  this  far-away  home  3,139  cubbies, 
or    small    rooms.      In    them    are    8,159,502    George 
Washington  grandchildren.    The  father  of  our  coun- 
try could  have  been  a  king  or  an  emperor,  but  he 
chose  to  be  just  a  father,  and  to  work  for  his  children. 
Will  a  story  help  you  to  remember  this?     Then  I 
will  tell  you  a  story.     It  is   about   a  discontented 
stonecutter.    He  had  a  family,  bright  boys  and  girls, 
but  he  loved  himself  better  than  he  loved  his  chil- 
dren.  One  day  he  said,  "Would  that  I  were  rich,  and 
could  lie  on  a  couch  with  silk  curtains."     An  angel 
said,  "Your  wish  is  granted."     But  he  soon  tired  of 
his  soft  couch  and  si&  curtains  and  said,  "Would 
that  I  were  king."    The  angel  crowned  him  and  made 
him  a  king.    As  king  it  was  his  duty  one  day  to  re- 
view a  very  long  procession  of  soldiers.     The  sun 
shone  down  with  fierce  rays  through  the  silken  sun- 
shade that  was  held  over  him.     This  made  him  dis- 

37 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

contented,  and  he  cried  out,  "I  want  to  be  the  sun, 
for  the  sun  is  stronger  than  a  king."  The  angel 
picked  him  up  and  threw  him  into  the  air.  Before 
he  had  time  to  think,  he  was  the  sun  shining  in  the 
sky.  While  he  was  rejoicing,  a  storm  arose  and  hid 
his  power.  Again  he  became  discontented  and  wished 
that  he  could  be  the  cloud  that  was  more  powerful 
than  the  sun.  The  angel  was  very  patient,  and 
changed  him  into  a  big  black  thunder  cloud.  But 
there  was  a  mountain  that  he  could  not  move.  He 
could  cover  it,  and  the  lightning  would  flash 
and  the  thunder  roar,  but  the  mountain 
would  not  move.  Therefore  he  was  very  unhappy. 
"I  wish  I  were  a  mountain  of  stone,  stronger  and 
more  powerful  than  the  stormcloud."  In  a  moment 
he  was  a  great  mountain  like  Gibraltar,  and  boasted 
of  his  strength.  The  next  day  a  man  came  with  a 
chisel  and  hammer,  and  began  to  cut  stones  out  of 
his  side.  "What  is  this?"  he  cried  out  in  despair; 
"a  man  has  power  over  me  and  cuts  stones  out  of 
my  body.  Would  that  I  were  a  stonecutter,  for  a 
stonecutter  is  stronger  than  a  mountain,  and  a  moun- 
tain is  stronger  than  a  stormcloud,  and  a  stormcloud 
is  stronger  than  the  sun,  and  the  sun  is  stronger  than 
a  king,  and  a  king  is  stronger  than  a  rich  man  on 

38 


THE  FATHER  OF  OUR  COUNTRY 

a  silk  couch."  "It  shall  be  as  you  desire,"  said  the 
angel.  In  a  few  minutes  he  found  himself  a  stone- 
cutter, again  at  his  old  work.  But  he  had  lost  the 
best  years  of  his  life. 

The  "Father  of  Our  Country,"  whose  birthday  we 
celebrate,  was  content  to  work  without  asking  for 
honor  and  more  power.  Now  we  all  honor  him,  and 
his  name  is  power.  At  our  national  capital  a 
George  Washington  Memorial  Hall  is  to  be  erected. 
It  will  cost  two  million  and  a  half  dollars.  Fifty 
thousand  children  are  to  give  a  dime  each  toward  the 
cost.     We  love  to  honor  this  father. 


G 


Eight 
A  LITTLE  TALK  ON  SENTIMENT 

"Why  was  this  waste?" — Mark  14:4. 

OOD-BY  to  February.  This  month  is  short  in 
days,  but  large  in  celebrations.  It  is  a  month 
of  sentiment.  I  hear  some  one  asking,  "What  is 
sentiment?"  It  is  something  that  comes  to  you  when 
you  are  not  looking  for  it.  It  comes  from  your  heart. 
Let  us  take  an  example :  As  you  walk  along  the  street 
you  see  a  man  whipping  a  boy.  This  makes  you 
think.  If  you  hold  the  "think"  in  your  brain,  it 
will  keep  cool  and  you  will  be  able  to  reason  about 
it.  You  will  say,  probably,  the  boy  was  bad  and 
needed  the  whipping.  You  can  put  the  thought  in 
cold  storage;  that  is,  in  your  brain,  and  pass  on. 
But  if  you  let  the  thought  get  into  your  heart — 
warm  storage — you  will  begin  to  be  sorry  for  the 
boy.  A  tear  will  come  into  your  eye,  and  you  will 
go  up  and  ask  the  man  not  to  whip  the  boy :  "Please, 
mister,  give  him  another  chance."  The  feeling  that 
made  you  sorry  for  the  boy  is  what  we  call  "senti- 

40 


A    LITTLE    TALK    ON    SENTIMENT 

ment."  It  is  a  cold  thought  from  jour  brain  warmed 
up  in  your  heart.  You  should  think,  and  think  hard. 
Make  your  brain  work.  But  you  have  a  heart  as 
well  as  a  brain,  and  through  your  heart  you  should 
pass  all  your  thinking.  The  warm  heart  will  soften 
the  edges  of  your  thought  and  give  you  some  "sen- 
timent." 

There  are  some  people  who  think  they  should  obey 
what  the  brain  says,  and  not  listen  to  the  heart.  I 
heard  a  boy  who  decided  that  he  would  only  put 
"think"  through  his  brain,  and  not  through  his  heart. 
He  was  determined  to  be  guided  by  reason  alone  and 
not  by  any  sentiment.  One  day  he  did  something  that 
was  wrong  and  that  made  his  mother  cry.  He  took 
one  of  her  tears  to  his  chemistry  teacher,  and  asked 
him  to  analyze  it.  The  teacher  told  him  this  tear 
was  composed  of  phosphate  of  lime  and  soda.  The 
boy  went  home  and  told  his  mother  that  when  she 
cried  she  was  wasting  her  lime  and  soda.  He  did 
not  have  any  "sentiment."  Another  boy  saw  his 
mother  crying,  and  the  tear  on  her  cheek  not  only 
went  through  his  brain,  but  he  let  it  go  through  his 
heart.  His  heart  told  him  that  the  mother's  tear 
was  composed  of  love  and  sympathy.  Putting  his 
arms  about  his  mother's  neck  he  said,  "Mother,  I 

41 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

am  sorry  to  vex  you;  I  will  be  a  good  boy,  and  not 
make  you  cry  again."  One  boy  used  his  brain,  but 
not  his  heart.  The  other  boy  used  brain  and  heart. 
Which  of  the  boys  do  you  like  better?  I  am  sure  that 
you  like  better  the  boy  who  let  his  thought  pass 
through  his  heart  and  whose  sentiment  prompted  him 
to  be  kind  to  his  mother. 

When  Christ  was  visiting  in  Bethany  a  woman 
broke  a  box  of  precious  ointment,  and  poured  it  on 
his  head.  Her  thought  about  Christ  was  not  in  her 
brain  only,  but  also  in  her  heart.  Those  who  had  no 
sentiment  said,  "Why  was  this  waste?"  They  did 
not  let  the  thought  into  their  hearts.  She  was  pour- 
ing out  her  love,  but  all  they  saw  was  the  ointment. 
Cold  brain  said  she  was  wasting  the  ointment.  Christ 
told  them  that  it  was  a  sweet  sentiment,  it  was  no 
waste.  The  broken  box  became  her  monument. 
Christ  said,  wheresoever  his  Gospel  is  preached  in  all 
the  world,  this  story  shall  be  told. 

I  want  my  juniors  to  think  about  Christ.  "What 
think  ye  of  Christ?"  But  do  not  forget  to  hold 
your  "think"  in  your  heart  until  there  is  a  tear  in 
your  eye.  Your  brain  will  tell  you  that  Christ  is 
the  greatest  man  who  ever  lived.  Your  heart  will 
tell  you  to  love  Him  as  your  best  friend  and  Savior. 

42 


A    LITTLE    TALK    ON    SENTIMENT 

Love  is  a  great  sentiment.  Do  not  forget  that  there 
is  plenty  of  room  in  your  brain  and  heart  for  both 
reason  and  sentiment.  Napoleon  had  a  big  brain, 
and  could  reason  out  great  problems.  He  also  had 
a  big  heart  and  had  room  for  sentiment.  One  day, 
when  marching  rapidly  to  a  great  battle,  he  stopped 
to  turn  over  a  turtle  that  was  struggling  on  its  back. 
That  was  a  good  "sentiment." 

The  woman  who  poured  the  ointment  on  Christ's 
head  received  a  great  reward.  But  she  was  not  ex- 
pecting any  reward.  I  read  in  The  Christian  Herald 
of  a  girl  who  obtained  a  reward  for  sentiment.  This 
young  girl  had  nursed  an  aged  relation,  who  was  ne- 
glected by  her  other  relatives.  When  the  woman 
died,  she  left  some  money  and  an  old  watch.  This 
watch  was  to  be  given  to  whichever  one  of  the  heirs 
might  choose  to  take  it  instead  of  $500.  One  after 
another  examined  it,  and  said :  "Give  me  the  $500 ; 
the  old  watch  rattles,  but  will  not  tick." 

But  the  girl  who  had  nursed  the  old  lad}'  said  she 
would  take  the  watch  because  it  had  her  friend's 
picture  in  it.  She  was  ridiculed  for  her  sentiment, 
which  the  other  relatives  called  foolishness.  But  she 
was  given  an  unexpected  reward  for  her  sentiment. 
One  day,  when  looking  at  the  picture,  she  accidentally 

43 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

touched  a  secret  spring  in  the  watch.  It  flew  open, 
and  she  saw  why  the  watch  would  not  tick.  The 
wheels  had  all  been  taken  out.  What  do  you  sup- 
pose they  had  heard  rattling  in  the  watch?  Not 
loose  wheels,  but  beautiful  diamonds,  worth  thousands 
of  dollars.  Each  stone  in  the  watch  looked  like  a 
big  tear,  molded  by  sympathy  into  a  precious  dia- 
mond.    Her  sacrifice  and  love  were  not  wasted. 


44 


Nine 
THE  VILLAGE  BLACKSMITH 

"Make  a  chain." — Ezekiel  7:23. 

TF  you  pass  a  blacksmith  shop  this  week,  I  want 
-*■  you  to  "look  in  at  the  open  door."  Why?  Be- 
cause March  7  is  the  anniversary  of  the  death  of 
Elihu  Burritt,  the  village  blacksmith  of  New  Britain, 
Conn.  There  are  some  facts  from  his  life  that  may 
help  in  developing  your  life.  Near  the  forge  he  kept 
an  open  book,  and  while  blowing  the  bellows  and 
heating  the  iron  he  was  reading  and  studying.  By 
using  faithfully  his  spare  moments  he  became  a  great 
scholar.  He  mastered  Latin,  Greek,  Hebrew,  Arabic, 
and  almost  all  European  languages.  Then,  as  "the 
learned  blacksmith,"  he  visited  the  people  in  different 
parts  of  the  world  with  whom  he  could  talk,  preach- 
ing "universal  brotherhood."  In  the  great  Peace 
Congresses  of  Brussels,  Paris,  Frankfort,  London 
and  Edinburgh,  he  stood  like  a  blacksmith  at  his 
anvil  welding  together  the  nations  of  the  world  in 
universal  brotherhood.     By  hard  work  and  faithful- 

45 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

ness  in  the  village  blacksmith  shop  at  New  Britain, 
Conn.,  he  climbed  to  the  honor  of  being  United  States 
Consul  at  Birmingham,  England.  This  was  a  long, 
strong  chain. 

While  looking  in  at  the  open  door  of  a  blacksmith 
shop  you  can  think  of  Ex-Governor  John  A.  John- 
son of  Minnesota,  who  was  the  son  of  a  village  black- 
smith. His  father  was  a  drunkard,  and,  after  wast- 
ing his  time,  died  in  the  almshouse.  His  son  deter- 
mined to  do  some  good  in  the  world,  and  worked 
hard  while  his  mother  took  in  washing  in  order  to 
keep  John  at  school.  When  he  was  elected  Governor, 
some  one  asked  him  how  he  had  risen  from  the  black- 
smith shop  to  the  Governor's  palace.  He  answered, 
"I  just  tried  to  make  good."  One  of  the  most  beau- 
tiful paintings  at  the  Columbian  Exposition  was  of 
a  blacksmith  shop.  In  the  picture  you  can  not  see 
the  fire  on  the  forge,  but  you  see  a  boy,  his  face 
beautifully  and  marvelously  lighted  by  the  glow  of 
the  forge.  No  difference  how  humble  your  work  or 
home  may  be,  there  is  an  unseen  light  and  the  glow 
is  on  your  face.  Do  something  great  for  God  and 
man!  Ezekiel  was  the  preacher  blacksmith.  The 
lord  told  him  to  make  a  chain.  He  was  a  great 
preacher,  and  therefore  I  believe  that  he  was  a  good 

46 


THE    VILLAGE    BLACKSMITH 

blacksmith.  Will  each  one  of  you  be  a  blacksmith, 
and  make  a  chain?  Do  each  day  the  best  that  you 
can  in  school,  at  home,  in  church  work.  Do  more 
than  your  level  best  every  day.  Your  enthusiasm 
will  be  the  furnace  in  which  you  can  heat  each  link. 
You  can  shape  them  on  the  anvil  of  your  determina- 
tion, and  your  will  is  the  hammer  with  which  you  can 
shape  and  weld  the  links  into  a  chain.  The  finished 
chain  will  be  your  character  and  strength. 

I  hear  your  answer:  "I  can  never  be  like  Burritt 
and  Johnson."  God  says  to  every  boy  and  girl, 
"Make  a  chain."  It  may  not  be  a  chain  of  iron,  it  may 
be  a  chain  of  loving  deeds.  "I  just  tried  to  make 
good."  This  chain  of  six-word  links  would  be  a  good 
one  for  you  to  forge.  Try  to  "make  good"  while 
working  on  your  chain.  The  other  day  I  found  this 
story  about  a  chain  which  an  old  blacksmith  made: 
The  blacksmith  lived  in  a  village,  and  his  shop  was 
near  the  village  church.  From  early  morning  till 
evening  each  day,  the  people  near  could  hear  the 
clanging  of  his  hammer  upon  the  anvil,  and  they 
knew  he  was  forging  a  chain.  Now  and  then  idlers 
dropped  in  to  watch  his  work.  When  they  saw  how 
faithful  and  patient  he  was,  and  what  pains  he  took 
never  to  leave  a  link  until  it  was  as  nearly  perfect 

47 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

as  he  could  make  it,  they  laughed  at  him  and  told 
him  that  he  would  accomplish  much  more  if  he  took 
less  care. 

Hearing  such  remarks,  the  old  smith  could  only 
shake  his  head  and  continue  doing  his  best,  making 
each  link  as  strong  as  if  the  whole  chain  depended 
upon  it.  At  last  he  died,  and  was  buried  in  the  vil- 
lage churchyard.  The  great  chain,  which  was  found 
in  a  corner  of  the  village  blacksmith  shop,  was  put 
on  board  a  ship.  It  was  coiled  up  out  of  the  way, 
and  for  a  long  time  no  one  noticed  it.  But  there 
came  a  time  in  the  winter  when  the  fierce  wind  blew 
a  gale.  The  ship  toiled  through  the  waves  and 
strained  and  groaned  as  she  obeyed  her  helm.  To 
guide  her  three  men  were  needed  to  hold  her  wheel. 
Finally,  they  determined  to  anchor  her.  The  great 
chain  was  thrown  over  the  side  into  the  gloomy  waves. 
The  anchor  touched  bottom,  and  the  chain  grew  taut 
and  stiff  as  a  bar  of  iron.     Would  it  hold? 

Every  one  on  board  anxiously  repeated  the  ques- 
tion as  the  gale  raged  fiercer.  If  one  link  was  weak 
or  imperfect  the  chain  would  part,  and  those  on  board 
would  be  lost.  But  the  chain  was  the  work  of  the 
faithful  village  blacksmith,  and  he  had  wrought  each 
link  the  best  he  could.     So  this  awful  night,  when  the 

48 


THE    VILLAGE    BLACKSMITH 

great  test  came,  his  workmanship  defied  the  tempest, 
and  when  at  length  the  sun  rose  and  the  waves  were 
still,  the  vessel,  with  the  precious  lives  in  her,  was  safe. 
What  had  saved  her?  The  chain,  you  say.  True, 
but  what  was  the  quality  that  had  been  wrought  into 
the  chain?  Fidelity.  It  was  fidelity  that  had  saved 
her.  Do  you  not  see  that  the  tale  of  the  fidelity  of 
the  old  blacksmith  applies  to  our  daily  character 
building?  Link  by  link  we  fashion  it,  and  in  the 
hour  of  temptation  comes  the  test  of  our  workman- 
ship. One  weak  link  and  we  shall  be  wrecked.  But 
if  we  have  been  faithful  day  by  day  our  chain  will 
hold,  and  the  bark  of  our  soul,  anchored  to  the  Rock 
of  Ages,  will  ride  the  tempest  in  safety. 


Ten 
A    SAINT    DIGGING    A    WELL 

"To  the  Saints." — Colossians  1:2. 

WHO  are  saints?  If  this  were  one  of  your  ex- 
amination questions  how  many  of  you  could 
answer  it?  One  boy  holds  up  his  hand;  he  says: 
"Saints  are  a  — well,  saints  are  the — why,  saints  are 
saints."  A  little  girl  says  saints  are  very  holy  men 
with  a  ring  of  light  around  their  heads.  The  diction- 
ary says :  "Saints  are  holy  or  godly  persons."  Some- 
times we  go  to  the  dictionary  when  we  ought  to  go 
to  the  Bible.  What  answer  does  the  Bible  give?  The 
Bible  word  that  tells  the  meaning  of  saint  is  the  one 
you  are  almost  sure  to  miss  in  your  spelling  lesson. 
The  word  is  "separate."  Saints  are  people  who  are 
separated  from  those  who  do  not  love  and  obey  God. 
March  17  is  St.  Patrick's  Day.  You  are  smiling, 
and  I  know  you  are  thinking  of  something  that  girls 
run  from  and  that  boys  like  to  kill.  Behind  the  smile 
and  the  snakes  the  real  St.  Patrick  has  been  lost. 
He  did  not  drive  the  snakes  from  Ireland.     He  did 

50 


A    SAINT    DIGGING    A    WELL 

something  better  than  that.  Do  you  want  to  know 
some  facts  about  St.  Patrick,  and  about  what  he  did? 
He  was  born  in  Britain,  and  was  of  noble  birth. 
When  he  was  about  fifteen  years  old,  at  his  father's 
country  place,  he  was  seized  by  pirates  and  carried 
to  Ireland  and  sold  to  strangers.  He  was  kept  in 
slavery  for  six  years.  After  he  escaped  to  his  home 
in  Britain,  he  tells  us  that  he  heard  a  voice  in  his 
mind.  It  was  "the  voice  of  the  Irish,"  and  it  said: 
"We  pray  thee,  holy  youth,  to  come  and  hencefor- 
ward walk  among  us."  He  separated  himself  from 
his  home  and  friends  and  went  to  Ireland  to  preach 
Christ.     This  separation  made  him  a  Bible  saint. 

St.  Patrick  lived  in  the  fifth  century.  We  are 
living  in  the  twentieth  century.  At  that  time  all  the 
people  on  the  Emerald  Isle  were  heathen  and  wor- 
shiped idols.  They  had  not  so  much  as  heard  there 
was  a  Christ.  The  slave  boy's  life  was  noble  and 
good,  and  his  "intense  faith"  drew  the  people  to  him. 
They  knew  there  was  a  God,  but  did  not  know  he 
had  sent  Christ  with  good  news  for  our  world.  Shall 
I  tell  you  how  these  heathen  tried  to  get  a  message 
from  God?  The  man  who  wanted  to  get  the  mes- 
sage would  take  the  skin  off  a  ram  or  goat,  and 
wrap  himself  in  the  skin,  that  had  the  warm  blood 

51 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

on  it.  Then  he  would  run  to  a  stream  or  waterfall 
and  there  lie  down  and  sleep.  He  believed  that,  while 
by  the  side  of  the  running  water,  he  slept  in  this 
skin,  his  idol  would  talk  to  him  and  give  him  a 
message  from  God.     His  dream  was  his  Bible. 

St.  Patrick  had,  while  a  boy,  learned  of  Christ,  and 
now  saw  how  foolish  these  strange  heathen  customs 
were.  He  spent  the  remainder  of  his  life  preaching 
Christ  to  these  people.  He  was  what  we  call  to-day 
a  missionary.  By  his  life  and  hard  work  he  won  the 
people  from  idolatry  and  taught  them  to  learn  the 
will  of  God  from  Christ.  Do  I  hear  some  of  you 
say:  "How  could  one  man  convert  a  whole  island 
from  heathenism  and  change  idol  worshipers  into 
Christians?"  We  do  not  have  to  go  back  to  the  fifth 
century  to  answer  this  question.  I  will  tell  you  a 
story  more  wonderful  than  the  story  of  the  conver- 
sion of  the  island  of  Ireland. 

The  Rev.  Dr.  John  G.  Paton,  who  for  forty  years 
was  a  missionary  to  the  South  Sea  Islands,  spoke  at 
one  time  in  New  York  about  his  work.  He  told  us  that 
when  he  went  to  the  South  Sea  Islands  the  people 
were  heathen.  They  had  never  heard  of  Christ. 
One  of  his  most  interesting  stories  is  about  the  well 
he  dug.     On  the  island  there  were  weeks  and  weeks 


A    SAINT    DIGGING   A   WELL 

when  it  did  not  rain.  During  the  dry  season  they 
drank  the  milk  of  the  cocoanuts — as  long  as  it  lasted. 
Then  they  would  go  to  their  idols  and  pray  for  rain. 
Poor  people,  with  tongues  hot  from  thirst,  praying  to 
dumb  idols  to  send  them  rain !  When  the  "rain-god" 
delayed  his  answer  to  their  prayers,  there  was  great 
suffering. 

There  had  been  no  rain  for  several  weeks,  the  co- 
coanuts were  all  gone,  and  the  people  were  dying 
from  thirst.  Dr.  Paton  told  them  he  was  going  down 
into  the  earth  for  rain.  The  people  had  never  seen 
fresh  water  except  as  it  came  from  the  clouds.  How 
could  clouds  be  found  in  the  earth?  Dr.  Paton 
prayed  to  God  to  help  him,  and  then  began  to  dig 
a  hole  in  the  ground.  The  savages  supposed  he 
was  crazy.  All  he  could  persuade  them  to  do  was 
to  pull  a  windlass-rope  and  draw  up  the  loosened 
earth  as  he  sank  the  well  deeper  and  deeper.  If  he 
found  fresh  water  they  would  believe  he  was  telling 
the  truth  about  Christ.  If  he  failed,  they  would 
not  believe  him  and  would  probably  kill  him. 

After  going  down  thirty  feet  he  struck  a  spring. 
Down  on  his  knees  he  fell,  praying,  tasting  the 
water  at  the  same  time.  It  was  pure,  fresh  water. 
The  people  drank  and  their  parched  tongues  were 

53 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

cooled.  The  effect  was  magical.  The  man  they  had 
laughed  at  was  now  a  "prophet."  He  had  said  he 
would  go  down  in  the  ground  to  "find  rain,"  and 
now  the  people  believed  that  all  he  told  them  about 
Jehovah  and  Jesus  Christ  was  true.  Ask  your  teacher 
to  tell  you  the  story  of  how  the  heathen  in  the  South 
Sea  Islands  believed  in  Dr.  Paton's  God,  destroyed 
their  idols,  built  churches  and  schools,  accepted  God's 
laws  and  were  changed  from  cannibals  into  Chris- 
tians. This  story  will  help  you  to  understand  some 
of  the  wonderful  things  we  are  told  about  the  great 
missionary,  St.  Patrick. 


54 


Eleven 
THE     CHILDREN'S     PALM     SUNDAY 

"And  the  Children."— Matthew  21:15. 

fTIHE  first  Palm  Sunday  was  a  day  of  great  en- 
-*•  thusiasm.  Is  the  word  "enthusiasm"  too  long 
and  strong  for  my  juniors?  Then  we  will  take  it 
apart  and  let  you  look  at  it.  The  Greeks  made  this 
word  "enthusiasm"  by  putting  two  words  into  one 
word.  Their  word  "en"  means  in  and  "theos"  means 
God.  They  joined  them  in  one  word  "en theos," 
God-in.  When  they  were  very  happy,  and  wanted 
to  shout  and  rejoice,  they  said  it  was  their  God  in 
them  that  made  them  happy.  The  English  of  "en- 
theos"  is  "enthusiasm."  When  God  is  in  our  hearts 
we  are  happy,  we  want  to  shout  for  joy,  we  are 
enthusiastic.    Now  you  have  had  a  lesson  in  Greek. 

On  the  first  Palm  Sunday  morning  crowds  of  en- 
thusiastic men  and  women  followed  Jesus  from  Beth- 
any to  Jerusalem.  We  say  men  and  women,  for  we 
do  not  read  of  any  children  being  with  them.  I 
believe  there  were  children  with  Christ  on  his  way  to 

55 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Jerusalem.  Probably  the  fathers  and  mothers  shouted 
so  loud  that  the  children  were  not  heard.  We  know 
that  when  Christ  entered  the  city  the  children  were 
with  him  and  were  helping  him.  In  the  morning  it 
was  Palm  Sunday;  in  the  afternoon  it  was  Hosanna 
Sunday.  When  all  was  going  well  with  Christ  and 
every  one  was  happy,  the  men  and  women  followed 
him,  waving  palm  branches.  In  the  afternoon  the 
people  who  had  stores  and  shops  in  God's  house  be- 
came very  angry  because  Christ  drove  them  out  and 
upset  their  tables.  Then  we  read,  not  of  men  and 
women,  but  of  the  children  who  were  there  to  help 
Christ.  They  shouted  "Hosanna  to  our  King !"  They 
were  enthusiastic;   God  was  in  their  hearts. 

These  children  were  not  able  to  overturn  the  tables 
of  the  money-changers  and  to  upset  the  seats  of 
those  who  sold  doves.  But  the  children  did  help 
Christ  by  cheering  him  when  he  was  doing  this  great 
work.  I  believe  the  cheers  of  the  children  made 
Christ  stronger  for  the  work  of  Palm  Sunday.  The 
wicked  people  were  angry  at  the  children.  They 
knew  the  boys  and  girls  were  helping  Christ.  "Stop 
them!  Stop  them!"  cried  the  wicked  men.  Christ 
said,  "No !  No !"  Their  cries  and  shouts  were  perfect 
praise.      They  were  helping  Christ.      A  lad  helped 

56 


THE    CHILDREN'S    PALM    SUNDAY 

Christ  to  feed  the  five  thousand  and  a  little  child 
helped  him  when  he  needed  an  illustration  about 
the  kingdom  of  heaven.  The  lad  furnished  the  five 
loaves  and  two  fishes,  and  the  little  child  was  used 
as  a  kingdom  illustration.  Your  pastor  believes 
Christ  needed  the  children's  encouragement  when  he 
was  cleansing  the  temple.  He  needed  their  shouts. 
"And  the  children."    He  had  need  of  them. 

The  boys  of  a  certain  Sunday-school  were  drest 
up  in  their  uniforms  for  a  parade,  and  the  girls  in 
their  best  dresses  were  lined  along  the  sidewalk  to 
see  the  parade.  One  boy  cut  his  foot,  and  said  to 
the  captain:  "Captain,  I've  cut  my  foot,  and  I  can 
not  march  with  the  brigade  to-day."  "Well,  George," 
the  captain  answered,  "if  you  can  not  march,  you 
can  stand  on  the  corner  anyway  and  shout  'Hurrah !' 
when  we  come  along."  "Yes,  I'll  do  that,  anyway," 
promised  George;  and  so,  when  the  brigade  came 
along,  he  took  off  his  hat  and  shouted  as  loud  as 
he  could,  "Hurrah!  Hurrah!  Hurrah!"  When 
Christ  was  cleansing  his  Father's  house  the  children 
were  shouting,  "Hosanna  to  the  Son  of  David." 
"And  the  children."  Three  cheers  for  the  children. 
They  were  happy. 

A  pretty  story  is  related  of  the  late  Dr.  Phillips 
57 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Brooks,  Bishop  of  Massachusetts.  He  had  long  been 
a  favorite  with  a  little  girl  of  five,  the  daughter  of  a 
parishioner,  and  she  was  always  delighted  if  she 
happened  to  meet  him  when  out  for  a  walk.  The 
day  the  Bishop  died  her  mother  came  into  the  room 
where  the  child  was  playing  and,  holding  the  bright 
little  face  between  her  hands,  said,  tearfully,  "Bishop 
Brooks  has  gone  to  heaven."  "Oh,  mamma,"  was  the 
reply,  "How  happy  the  angels  will  be !"  Christ  made 
not  the  angels  only,  but  the  children  in  heaven  happy 
when  he  went  back  to  them.  One  reason  Christ  loved 
the  children  so  much  on  earth  was  because  they  re- 
minded him  of  the  children  in  heaven.  You  will  find 
what  I  mean  in  the  following  story : 

"Yes,  indeed,  we  have  some  queer  little  incidents 
happen  to  us,"  said  the  engine-driver,  as  he  plied  his 
oilcan  about  and  under  his  machine.  "A  queer  thing 
happened  to  me  about  a  year  ago.  You'd  think  it 
queer  for  a  rough  man  like  me  to  cry  for  ten  min- 
utes, and  nobody  hurt,  either,  wouldn't  you?  Well, 
I  did,  and  I  almost  cry  every  time  I  think  of  it.  I 
was  running  along  one  afternoon  pretty  lively  when 
I  approached  a  little  village  where  the  track  cuts 
through  the  streets.  I  slackened  up  a  little,  but  was 
still  making  good  speed,  when  suddenly,  about  twenty 

58 


THE    CHILDREN'S    PALM    SUNDAY 

rods  ahead  of  me,  a  little  girl,  not  more  than  three 
years  old,  toddled  onto  the  track.  In  ten  seconds 
more  it  would  all  have  been  over.  After  reversing 
and  applying  the  brake,  I  shut  my  eyes.  I  didn't 
want  to  see  any  more.  As  we  slowed  down  my  fireman 
laughed  and  shouted  to  me:  'Jim,  look  here!'  I 
looked,  and  there  was  a  big,  black  Newfoundland 
dog,  holding  the  little  girl  in  his  mouth,  leisurely 
walking  toward  the  house  where  she  evidently  be- 
longed. She  was  kicking  and  crying,  so  that  I  knew 
she  wasn't  hurt,  and  the  dog  had  saved  her.  My 
fireman  thought  it  funny  and  kept  on  laughing,  but 
I  cried.  She  reminded  me  of  a  dear  little  girl  in  my 
far-away  home."  The  children's  Palm  Sunday !  God 
bless  our  children  !  Christ  loves  them  and  needs  them, 
every  one. 


59 


Twelve 
THE     CHILDREN'S    EASTER    SUNDAY 

"If  a  man  die,  shall  he  live  again?'' — Job  14:14. 

T^  ASTER  is  a  celebration  of  the  resurrection  of 
Christ.  The  day  when  we  all  are  glad,  and 
rejoice  because  Christ  rose  from  the  grave.  He  was 
dead,  but  now  lives.  Rejoice!  Rejoice!  Rejoice! 
When  Christ  was  on  earth  he  brought  the  dead  back 
to  life.  Were  they  all  grown  people,  who  had  spent 
a  long  life  working  for  Christ?  No,  no,  they  were 
not  all  grown  people.  One  was  a  little  maid  in  her 
shroud,  one  was  a  young  man  in  his  coffin,  and  one 
was  a  man  in  his  tomb.  Children,  young  people  and 
grown  people,  all  are  to  rise  from  their  graves.  After 
Christ  was  crucified  and  buried  he  rose  from  the  tomb. 
That  made  it  sure  that  we  will  rise. 

Easter  means  that  we  are  to  have  another  life  after 
this  one.  When  you  see  the  Easter  flowers,  and  hear 
the  Easter  music,  do  you  ever  ask:  "If  a  boy  die, 
shall  he  live  again?"  "If  a  girl  die,  shall  she  live 
again?"     God  tells  you  "Yes,"  and  he  wants  you  to 

GO 


THE  CHILDREN'S  EASTER  SUNDAY 

think  "Yes."  Have  you  done  any  thinking  about 
it?  Do  not  be  afraid  to  think.  Here  is  how  Dick 
and  Mary  did  some  thinking.  While  looking  for 
shells  on  the  beach  one  morning,  they  found  a  dead 
bird.  Some  one  had  shot  it.  They  looked  at  the 
feathered  body  curiously  and  pitifully.  "Mary,"  said 
Dick,  "when  we  die,  we'll  look  like  that.  How  does 
anybody  know  there's  any  more  of  us  than  of  a  bird?" 
"What  a  curious  boy  you  are!"  said  Mary;  "how 
should  I  know?"  Dick  picked  up  the  dead  bird, 
then  caught  sight  of  his  teacher  coming  toward  them. 
He  ran  to  her  with  his  question.  "Well,  Dick,"  said 
she,  "suppose  you  had  been  shot,  and  were  lying  on 
the  sands,  and  this  bird  had  passed  over  you,  would 
it  have  stopt  to  pity  you,  or  wonder  who  shot  you 
and  if  you  had  gone  to  heaven?"  "I  suppose  not," 
said  Dick.  "Then  there  is  something  in  you  that  can 
love  and  be  sorry,  and  wonder  and  ask  questions,  that 
the  bird  does  not  have.  That's  the  part  of  you  that 
is  not  like  the  bird,  and  will  live  forever."  Dick  and 
Mary  buried  the  bird  in  the  sand,  but  they  never  for- 
got why  they  were  different  from  the  bird  and  more 
precious  to  Jesus  because  they  had  a  spirit  that  would 
go  to  God. 

I  can  almost  hear  you  say,  "If  I  die,  how  is  it 
61 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

possible  for  me  to  live  again?"  In  Child  Garden  I 
read  a  story  in  which  you  can  find  an  answer  to  your 
question.  One  day,  when  Manette  was  visiting  her 
grandpa,  she  found  a  great  worm  lying  in  the  path. 
It  was  as  long  as  her  grandpa's  forefinger,  and  was 
as  big  around  as  his  thumb.  It  was  a  light  green 
color,  with  queer,  bright-colored  knobs  or  bumps  all 
over  it.  It  was  so  ugly  Manette  was  afraid  of  it; 
but  her  grandpa  lifted  it  between  two  sticks  and  put 
it  into  a  pasteboard  box,  with  a  piece  of  glass  for  a 
cover.  He  then  carried  it  into  an  upper  room,  which 
was  not  much  used.  His  little  granddaughter  won- 
dered and  asked  questions.  "The  worm  is  sleepy,  and 
so  I  have  made  it  a  bed,  and  by  and  by  it  will  make 
itself  a  blanket,"  grandpa  said.  "Oh,  grandpa,  can 
it,  really?  How  can  a  worm  make  a  blanket?"  It 
weaves  it,  dearie,  somewhat  as  a  spider  weaves  its 
web.  It  will  take  a  good  while ;  you  must  watch  and 
be  patient." 

Manette  went  every  day  to  look  at  the  worm,  and 
after  what  seemed  to  her  a  long  time  one  day  she 
saw  some  fine  threads  from  the  worm  to  the  glass. 
Every  day  there  were  more  threads,  until  at  last 
Manette  could  not  see  the  worm  at  all.  "He  has 
covered   himself   all   up,    grandpa.      Is   the   blanket 


THE    CHILDREN'S   EASTER   SUNDAY 

finished  now?"  she  asked.  "Yes,  and  now  the  worm 
will  sleep  all  winter,  and  when  he  awakes  in  the  spring 
I  don't  believe  you  will  recognize  him."  When  Ma- 
nette's  visit  was  over,  her  grandpa  gave  her  the  box, 
carefully  done  up  in  paper,  and  told  her  to  lift  the 
cover  off  when  she  reached  home.  So  she  did,  and 
found  the  worm  snugly  wrapped  in  its  odd  bedclothes, 
fastened  tight  to  the  glass.  Her  mamma  leaned  the 
glass  against  the  wall,  above  the  mantel  in  the  lib- 
rary, and  there  it  stayed  all  winter,  and  Manette 
stood  and  looked  at  it  just  as  we  go  and  look  at  the 
grave  of  our  loved  ones. 

But  one  day  in  the  early  spring  a  very  wonderful 
thing  happened.  Manette  was  playing  in  the  yard 
when  her  mamma  called  her.  She  ran  into  the  library, 
and  there  on  the  edge  of  the  mantel  was  the  most 
beautiful,  gorgeous,  golden-yellow  butterfly!  "Oh, 
mamma,"  she  whispered,  "did  it  fly  in  through  the 
window,  do  you  think?"  "No,  dear;  it  crept  out  of  its 
winter  blanket."  And  then  her  mamma  showed  her 
the  cocoon,  as  she  called  the  blanket  which  the  worm 
had  made.  There  was  a  hole  at  one  end,  and  out 
of  that  the  ugly  green  worm,  changed  into  a  fairy- 
like  insect,  had  crept  to  spend  its  second  summer 
floating  in  the  air  and  sipping  sweets  from  flowers. 

63 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

"It's  just  as  grandpa  told  me,"  Manette  said;  "I 
never  would  have  known  it." 

How  much  more  beautiful  was  the  butterfly  than 
the  worm !  One  crept  along  the  earth  and  burrowed 
under  the  ground,  the  other  walked  on  the  flowers  and 
floated  in  the  air.  It  was  the  same  worm  that  slept 
and  woke.  Slept  as  a  worm  and  rose  as  a  butterfly. 
We  now  live  on  earth,  some  day  we  are  to  live  in 
heaven.  Our  word  cemetery  means  a  sleeping  place. 
The  children's  Easter  Sunday.  Rejoice!  Rejoice! 
Rejoice! 


61 


Thirteen 

ALL     FOOL'S     DAY 

"/  said  unto  the  fools,  Deal  not  foolishly." — Psalm  75:4. 

T^OOLISHNESS  is  bound  up  in  the  heart  of  a 
*  child.  Bound  up  in  every  heart,  but  tied  in  a 
bow-knot.  It  is  sure  to  get  loose  for  a  fun-burst  on 
April  first.  All  work  and  no  play  makes  Jack  a  dull 
boy.  Three  cheers  for  the  one  day  when  juniors  can 
get  fun  on  the  run.  When  you  boys  are  old  enough 
to  vote,  I  hope  you  will  make  April  1  a  national 
holiday.  A  day  off  for  sport  is  the  best  medicine  in 
the  world  for  that  tired  feeling.  I  wish  we  could 
make  April  jokes  like  skyrockets.  Jokes  that  would 
burst  like  a  rocket  and  send  out  stars  and  bouquets 
of  laughter.  Jokes  that  girls,  as  well  as  boys,  can 
enjoy.  A  holiday  for  all,  like  Labor  Day  in  the  fall. 
Our  text  says  fools  should  not  deal  foolishly.  The 
fool  by  dealing  foolishly  tells  every  one  that  he  is  a 
fool.  What  do  you  think  of  this?  In  1719  Peter 
the  Great  of  Russia  introduced  the  April  Fool  cus- 
tom.    On  the  open  square  in  front  of  his  palace,  at 

65 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

St.  Petersburg,  he  piled  a  great  quantity  of  wood, 
and  covered  it  with  oil  and  tar.  Early  in  the  morn- 
ing of  April  1  he  set  it  on  fire.  The  flames  shot  up 
high  in  the  air,  and  it  looked  from  a  distance  as  if  the 
palace  and  the  entire  city  were  aflame.  People  came 
from  all  sides,  some  of  the  peasantry  traveling  miles 
in  their  sleighs  to  put  out  the  fire.  When  finally  they 
reached  the  palace,  they  were  met  by  troops  formed 
up  round  the  square.  "Mutton-heads !  Swine !  Don- 
keys !"  the  soldiers  shouted.  "Fall  back,  by  order  of 
the  Czar!  Fall  back!  Can't  you  understand  that 
the  Little  Father  has  fooled  you?  It  is  the  1st  of 
April  to-day."  You  think  the  Czar  and  soldiers  were 
dealing  foolishly?  You  are  certainly  right  in  your 
"think."  The  poor  people  would  be  unhappy  all  day. 
Then  some  time,  when  there  was  a  fire,  and  they  were 
needed,  no  one  would  go.  They  would  think  some 
one  was  fooling  them  again. 

I  have  a  better  plan  for  April  Fool's  Day  fun.  A 
plan  that  will  give  you  a  great  sport  and  will  not 
make  any  one  unhappy.  If  I  tell  you  my  plan  you 
may  forget  it,  but  if  you  must  hunt  until  you  find 
it  then  you  will  remember.  In  a  story  I  once  read 
I  will  hide  my  plan.  You  must  think,  think,  think, 
hunt,  hunt,  hunt,   until  you  find  what  I  have  hid 

66 


ALL    FOOL'S    DAY 

under  its  lid.  The  story  is  about  a  little  girl  and 
her  Aunt  Helen.  "This  is  your  third  guess,  Aunt 
Helen ;  you  can't  guess  why  I'm  so  happy,"  and  Ruth 
nestled  farther  down  into  her  little  white  bed.  No 
one  needed  to  guess  that  she  was  happy — her  dancing 
eyes  told  that;  but  why,  that  was  what  Aunt  Helen 
had  made  two  wrong  guesses  on  already.  She  had 
guessed  that  it  was  because  she  was  staying  a  week 
with  her  grandmother  and  aunt,  but  Ruth  had  shaken 
her  curly  head  vigorously.  "Partly  that,  of  course," 
she  said,  "but  that's  not  it." 

The  next  thing  Aunt  Helen  guessed  was  the  new 
ring,  with  three  tiny  pearls  in  it,  which  Uncle  Jack 
had  given  her.  Ruth  told  her  she  was  wrong.  There 
was  one  more  chance,  but  Aunt  Helen  knew  so  many 
things  which  might  make  such  a  merry  little  girl  as 
Ruth  happy  that  she  gave  up  trying  to  guess  any 
particular  one.  "I  give  it  up,"  she  said.  "Well,"  Ruth 
began,  "you  never  could  have  guessed  if  you  tried  all 
night,  so  I'll  tell  you.  It  is  because  I  played  an 
April  Fool  on  somebody  to-day."  "April  Fool!" 
Aunt  Helen  certainly  was  surprized.  "You  know 
Mr.  Dobbs?"  Yes,  Aunt  Helen  knew,  and  she  looked 
very  grave.  She  had  known  Mr.  Dobbs  when  he 
was  a  tall,  strong  man,  before  the  accident  which  had 

67 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

crippled  him  for  life.  She  did  not  think  that  Ruth 
could  have  been  doing  anything  that  might  bother 
him.  "You  know  he  passes  here  every  day,  making 
his  wheel-chair  go  with  that  handle  he  works  back 
and  forth?"  Yes,  Aunt  Helen  knew.  "Well,  when 
I  see  him  coming  I  hide  behind  the  little  tree  in  the 
corner  of  the  yard.  Just  as  soon  as  he  is  past,  I  slip 
out  behind  and  begin  to  push,  and  I  push  till  he's 
clear  up  that  little  hill." 

Aunt  Helen  put  her  arms  around  Ruth.  "I  think 
that  is  a  splendid  April  Fool  joke,"  she  said.  "But 
wait,  let  me  tell  you  the  rest,"  Ruth  went  on,  squirm- 
ing from  her  aunt's  embrace.  "The  funniest  part  is 
to  hear  him  wonder  why  his  chair  goes  so  easy.  He 
talks  to  himself,  and  I  almost  laugh  out  loud  to  hear 
him.  'What  ails  my  chair?'  he'll  say;  'it  acts  as  if 
it  had  feet  instead  of  wheels.'  And  pretty  soon  he'll 
say,  'Dear  me!  am  I  going  crazy?  It  looks  to  me 
as  if  it  was  up-hill,  but  from  the  way  I'm  going  it 
must  be  down-hill.'  Oh,  it's  more  fun  than  anything 
I  ever  did;  and  when  I  go  home  Harold  Tompkins 
is  going  to  keep  on  fooling  him.  Wouldn't  he  be  the 
most  s'prized  man  in  the  world  if  he  ever  did  find  it 
out?"  Aunt  Helen  tucked  the  covers  around  the 
happy  little  girl.     "I  wish  all  April  Fools  could  be  as 

68 


ALL    FOOL'S    DAY 

splendid  as  that,  dear,"  she  said  softly.     That  night 
Ruth  laughed  in  her  sleep. 

I  have  seen  our  dear  friend,  Dr.  Louis  Klopsch, 
make  hundreds  of  children  happy,  oh,  so  happy; 
but  I  never  saw  him  deal  foolishly  with  them.  His 
happiness  lifted  them  almost  to  heaven.  He  knew 
how  to  make  April  Fool's  Day  a  wise  day  of  real 
happiness. 


69 


Fourteen 
A  GOLDEN  SPOON 

"One  spoon  of  gold." — Numbers  7:20. 

if  TE  loved  God  and  little  children.  One  day  he 
-*■  ■*•  heard  of  a  poor  child  who  had  diphtheria. 
The  little  one  was  near  death.  It  would  not  take 
medicine.  He  was  soon  by  the  bedside.  "I  will  give 
you  a  gold  spoon,  if  you  will  take  the  medicine."  The 
child  asked  with  tongue  and  eyes:  "A  real  gold 
spoon,  and  all  my  own?"  Out  he  rushed,  and  soon 
returned  with  a  beautiful  gold  spoon.  Into  his  arms 
he  lifted  the  child,  and  the  taste  of  the  medicine  was 
lost  in  the  sight  of  the  golden  spoon.  You  want  to 
know  the  man's  name.  I  want  to  write  his  name — 
Louis  Klopsch — on  your  heart. 

The  chapter  in  which  you  find  the  text,  "One  spoon 
of  gold,"  tells  of  the  offerings  the  princes  made  to 
God  when  the  temple  was  dedicated.  "Nethaneel, 
the  son  of  Zuar,  prince  of  Issachar,  did  offer."  Then 
follows  the  long  list  of  his  princely  gifts,  and  among 


A    GOLDEN    SPOON 

them  is  "One  spoon  of  gold."  In  God's  memory  book 
I  imagine  this  record:  "Louis  Klopsch,  the  son  of 
Dr.  Osmar  Klopsch,  prince  of  Christians,  did  offer." 
In  the  long  list  of  his  offerings  I  am  sure  will  be  found 
"one  spoon  of  gold."  The  sick-room  of  the  little 
child  was  a  temple,  the  golden  spoon  was  an  altar, 
and  the  medicine  was  a  sweet  incense  before  God. 

In  the  winter  of  1892-93  there  were  100,000  people 
idle  in  the  city  of  New  York.  Dr.  Klopsch,  who,  as 
a  Sunday-school  teacher,  had  been  visiting  the  poor 
and  giving  them  one-tenth  of  his  income,  now  started 
a  relief  fund.  During  the  winter  he  furnished  1,200 
families  with  food.  It  was  at  this  time  he  found  the 
little  child  dying  with  diphtheria  and  saved  its  life 
with  the  golden  spoon.  His  next  thought  was  to 
establish  a  summer  home,  where  children  could  find 
the  health  and  happiness  God  wanted  them  to  enjoy. 
The  result  of  his  heart-effort  is  Mont-Lawn.  The 
golden-spoon  child  was  one  of  the  first  to  be  taken 
to  the  home.  So  useful  was  she  in  making  the  home 
bright  and  cheerful  that  Dr.  Klopsch  kept  her  as  a 
little  helper  during  the  entire  summer. 

Some  one  might  have  said,  "Why  was  not  this 
golden  spoon  sold  and  the  money  given  to  the  poor?" 
It  was  the  extravagance  of  love,  and  wherever  the 

71 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

history  of  Mont-Lawn  is  told  this  story  of  the  golden 
spoon  should  be  heard.  The  golden  spoon  is  now  the 
sixty-thousand-dollar  Mont-Lawn,  where  three  thou- 
sand children  every  summer  are  made  strong  enough 
to  resist  disease.  Since  Mont-Lawn  was  opened 
40,000  children  have  found  health,  happiness  and 
heaven. 

In  the  summer  of  1909,  I  left  the  train  at  Nyack 
and  drove  up  the  mountain  side  with  Dr.  Klopsch. 
The  beautiful  country  of  mountains  and  valleys, 
meadows  and  harvest  fields  slowly  unfolded  before  us. 
At  a  turn  in  the  road  Mont-Lawn,  like  heaven  let 
down  on  earth,  was  before  us.  As  we  drove  through 
the  great  stone  archway,  over  which  is  inscribed  in 
letters  of  gold,  "I  Love  God  and  Little  Children," 
there  was  a  surprize  I  shall  never  forget.  The  chil- 
dren, crowding  upon  the  terrace  to  greet  Dr.  Klopsch, 
sang  out: 

Mont-Lawn,  Mont-Lawn,  here  we  are ! 
Mont-Lawn,  Mont-Lawn,  'Rah,  'Rah,  'Rah! 

I  did  not  see  Dr.  Klopsch  again  until  noon;  the 
children  claimed  him.  During  his  absence  I  visited 
the  cottage  dormitories,  with  their  snow-white  beds; 
the  Homestead,  with  its  offices  and  resting-rooms ;  the 

72 


A    GOLDEN    SPOON 

playgrounds,   shaded  by   great   trees,  beautified  by 

flowers  and  fountains,  and  cut  by  walks  made  more 

beautiful  by  footprints  of  children.    From  the  tower, 

above   the  dining-hall,   we  heard   the   "Westminster 

chimes." 

It  was  dinner  hour  at  Mont-Lawn.     The  children 

came  in  companies,  as  bright  and  happy  as  angels 

and  as  clean  and  orderly  as  soldiers  on  dress-parade. 

They  sang  "grace," 

God  is  great  and  God  is  good, 

And  we  thank  Him  for  our  food; 

By  His  hand  must  all  be  fed, 

Give  us,  Lord,  our  daily  bread.     Amen. 

and  then  ate  graciously.  Poor  children  from 
the  crowded  tenements  of  New  York,  cleanly 
and  neatly  drest,  seated  at  tables  beautifully 
provided  with  wholesome  food,  well  cooked.  In  this 
dining-hall  I  saw  three  hundred  and  twenty-five 
spoons,  each  one  in  the  hand  of  a  child,  spoons  ris- 
ing and  falling,  up  full  and  down  empty.  They  were 
ordinary  spoons,  but  in  the  sight  of  God  they  were 
extraordinary.  One  spoon  of  gold  transformed  into 
three  hundred  and  twenty-five.  Medicine  spoons  no 
longer  needed,  food  spoons  enjoyed!  From  the 
spacious  dining-hall  the  children  could  see  the  Hud- 

73 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

son  river,  like  a  silver  cord  binding  the  mountains 
and  valleys  into  a  paradise. 

After  dinner  they  went  out  to  worship,  play 
around  the  flower  beds  and  fountains,  across  the  lawn 
and  up  the  mountain  side.  At  three  o'clock  the 
chimes  were  again  heard,  and  the  Children's  Temple 
was  soon  crowded  with  a  happy  congregation  of 
children.  In  carriages,  automobiles  and  walking 
came  visitors  from  Nyack  and  the  surrounding  coun- 
try to  enjoy  the  children's  worship.  The  singing 
was  something  wonderful,  and  was  followed  by  a 
prayer  hush  like  majesty  resting  on  the  mountain. 
The  more  than  three  hundred  children  who  in  the 
morning  crowded  about  our  carriages  to  greet  and 
welcome  Dr.  Klopsch,  now  thronged  the  Children's 
Temple  and  were  led  by  him  in  the  worship  of  God. 
This  unique  Temple,  built  for  children  from  Dr. 
Klopsch's  plans  and  purse,  is  the  crown  jewel  of 
Mont-Lawn. 

During  the  summer  Dr.  Klopsch  lived  at  Tarry- 
town.  Every  morning  he  would  look  across  the  river 
to  Mont-Lawn  to  see  if  the  flag  was  floating.  It 
signaled  the  message,  "All  is  well."  From  his 
deathbed  he  left  the  request  that  this  work,  nearest 
and  dearest  to  his  heart,  should  be  continued.     He 

74 


A    GOLDEN    SPOON 

also  requested  to  be  buried  in  Sleepy  Hollow  Ceme- 
tery. 

During  the  summer  the  children  can  look  out  over 
the  Hudson  River  to  where  their  friend  sleepeth. 
Every  night,  when  they  kneel  by  the  bedside,  there 
will  be  prayers  of  thanksgiving  for  the  memory  of 
Dr.   Klopsch. 


75 


Fifteen 
A  LITTLE  BROWN  BED 

"I  sleep,  but  my  heart  waketh." — Solomon's  Song  5:2. 

\\  THEN  a  flower  begins  to  droop  and  hang  its 
*  *  head  it  is  getting  sleepy.  How  snugly  it 
rolls  itself  up  in  a  little  brown  bed  you  call  a  seed. 
"As  snug  as  a  bug  in  a  rug,"  the  flower  sleeps  all 
winter.  What  you  call  "spring,"  the  season  after 
winter,  is  "Mother  Nature"  going  from  bed  to  bed 
to  wake  her  little  flower  friends.  She  lifts  the  shades 
of  winter  and  lets  in  the  light.  If  they  do  not  wake, 
she  sprinkles  rain  on  them.  Some  are  easy  to  wake, 
and  they  get  right  up;  others  are  very  sleepy,  and 
dear  old  spring  has  to  be  very  patient.  Sound  asleep, 
but  way  down  in  the  seed  is  life,  and  it  hears  the  call. 
They  sleep,  but  the  seed-heart  waketh.  Some  one 
whose  name  I  do  not  know,  a  friend  of  "Mother 
Nature,"  says: 

Far  down  in  Mother  Earth  a  tiny  seed  was  sleep- 
ing, safely  wrapt  in  a  warm  bed.  The  little  seed 
had  been  asleep  for  a  long  time,  and  now  some  one 

76 


A  LITTLE   BROWN   BED 

thought  it  was  time  for  the  seed  to  wake  up.  This 
some  one  was  an  earthworm,  that  lived  close  by. 
When  the  worm  saw  this  little  seed  still  sleeping  he 
cried:  "Oh,  you  lazy  fellow,  wake  up!  Your  little 
friends  are  awake  and  you  have  slept  long  enough." 

"But  how  can  I  grow  or  move  at  all  in  this  tight, 
brown  sleeping-gown?"  said  the  seed,  in  a  drowsy 
tone. 

"Why,  push  it  off;  that's  the  way  the  other  seeds 
have  done." 

"Oh,  dear!  Oh,  dear!"  said  the  seed.  "What 
shall  I  do?  I  am  so  sleepy  I  can't  keep  awake  any 
longer,"  and  he  fell  asleep  again. 

At  last  he  awoke,  and  found  Mother  Nature 
throwing  water  in  his  face.  Then  he  felt  so  warm 
and  happy  that  he  cried :  "I  really  believe  I  am  going 
to  grow  after  all.  Who  woke  me  up  and  helped  me 
out  of  bed?" 

"I  woke  you,"  said  a  soft  voice  close  by.  "I  am  a 
sunbeam.  Mother  Nature  sent  me  to  wake  you,  and 
my  friends,  the  raindrops,  washed  the  sleep  out  of 
your  eyes." 

"Oh,  thank  you,"  said  the  seed;  "you're  all  very 
kind.    Will  you  help  me  to  grow  into  a  plant,  too?" 

"Yes,"  said  the  sunbeam,  "I'll  come  as  often  as  I 
77 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

can  to  help  you,  and  the  raindrops  will  come,  too. 
If  you  work  hard,  with  our  help,  you  will  become  a 
beautiful  plant,  I'm  sure." 

"But,"  said  the  seed,  "how  did  you  know  that  I 
was  sleeping  here?    Could  you  see  me?" 

"No,"  said  the  sunbeam,  "But  Mother  Nature  saw 
you.  She  called  the  raindrops  to  her  and  said:  'One 
of  my  seed-children  is  sleeping  down  there.  Go  down 
and  help  him,  and  tell  the  sunbeam  to  follow  you, 
so  that  the  seed  may  begin  to  grow.'  " 

"How  kind  she  is,"  said  the  seed;  "if  she  had  not 
seen  me  sleeping  here  I  should  have  slept  on,  and  on, 
slept  forever  in  my  little  brown  bed.  How  did 
Mother  Nature  know  I  was  here? 

"She  is  a  servant  of  God,  who  knows  all  things." 

"How  can  I  thank  Him?"  said  the  seed.  "What 
can  I  do  that  will  please  Him  very  much?" 

"Grow  into  the  best  plant  that  you  possibly  can," 
said  the  sunbeam ;  "that  will  please  God  most  of  all." 

So  the  seed  grew  into  a  beautiful  vine.  He  climbed 
higher  and  higher  toward  the  heavens,  from  which 
the  Father  smiled  down  upon  him  to  reward  his  labor. 

There  is  some  one  more  beautiful  and  valuable  than 
a  flower,  that  droops  after  a  long  day  and  wants  to 
sleep.     Some  one  who  needs  sleep  more  than  the  seed 

78 


A   LITTLE   BROWN   BED 

needs  it,  and  who  says,  "Rock  me  to  sleep,  mother, 
rock  me  to  sleep."     This  some  one  is  a  little  child. 

Before  going  to  sleep  you  should  say,  "In  the 
morning  wake  me  from  sleep,  mother,  wake  me  from 
sleep."  How  often  you  would  be  late  for  breakfast, 
late  for  school,  late  for  church,  if  mother  did  not 
wake  you. 

What  part  of  you  wakes  up  the  rest  of  you  when 
mother  calls?  It  is  the  part  that  keeps  on  thinking 
while  you  sleep.  What  does  our  text  say?  "I  sleep, 
but  my  heart  waketh."  It  is  that  part  that  will 
never  sleep.  What  we  call  death  the  Bible  calls  sleep. 
There  is  a  beautiful  story  in  the  Gospel  by  Matthew. 
You  will  find  it  in  the  ninth  chapter.  A  man  came 
to  Christ  and  told  him  that  his  dear  little  girl  was 
dead.  Christ  went  home  with  the  father,  and  when 
he  saw  the  little  girl  he  said,  "She  is  not  dead,  but 
sleepeth."  The  people  laughed  at  Christ,  and  told 
him  the  little  girl  was  dead.  Christ  just  woke  her 
up,  took  her  by  the  hand,  and  she  arose.  She  was 
only  asleep.  The  word  "cemetery"  means  sleeping 
place.  As  Mother  Spring  wakes  the  seed,  and  your 
mother  wakes  you,  so  our  greatest  friend,  Christ, 
will  some  day  wake  all  who  sleep,  all  who  are  called 
dead.     Listen !     "My  beloved  spake,  and  said  unto 

79 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

me,  Rise  up,  my  love,  my  fair  one,  and  come  away; 
for  lo !  the  winter  is  past,  the  rain  is  over  and  gone ; 
the  flowers  appear  on  the  earth ;  the  time  of  the  sing- 
ing birds  is  come,  and  the  voice  of  the  turtle  is  heard 
in  our  land;  the  fig  tree  putteth  forth  her  green 
figs,  and  the  vines  with  the  tender  grape  give  a  good 
smell.  Arise,  my  love,  my  fair  one,  and  come  away." 
Would  it  not  be  splendid  to  write  on  the  tomb,  "I 
sleep,  but  my  heart  waketh." 


80 


D 


Sixteen 

KEEP  OFF  THIS  SEAT 

Not  sitteth  in  the  seat  of  the  scornful." — Psalm  1:1. 
O  you  know  the  first  word  of  the  first  Psalm? 


To  say  the  word  you  must  bring  your  lips 
together  and  then  open  your  mouth  to  let  it  out. 
The  word  is  blessed.  You  close  your  lips,  and  begin 
to  say  it  as  tho  you  wanted  to  keep  it.  Then  you 
open  your  mouth  and  send  it  out  round  and  full. 
This  is  the  first  fact  to  remember  about  the  word 
blest.  It  is  half  for  you  and  half  for  others.  You 
always  keep  a  blessing  by  giving  a  blessing.  In  the 
Hebrew  it  is  a  plural  noun,  "aslxrey"  and  is  difficult 
to  say  in  English.  It  is  blessednesses.  God  just 
packed  the  Hebrew  full  of  blessednesses.  Do  I  hear 
you  ask  what  blest  means?  It  means  happy.  It  is 
happy  packed  full  of  happiness.  This  is  your  first 
lesson  in  Hebrew. 

In  this  Psalm  God  is  telling  you  how  to  get  true 
happiness.  If  you  want  to  be  happy  God  tells  you 
three  things  you  must  do.    Not  something  very  hard 

81 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

to  do,  but  just  three  things  you  are  not  to  do.  You 
must  not  walk  in  the  company  of  ungodly  people. 
You  must  not  stand  with  sinners.  You  must  not 
sit  in  the  seat  of  the  scornful.  Walking,  standing, 
sitting.  If  you  take  a  walk  with  a  bad  companion, 
you  will  soon  be  standing  on  the  street  corner  with 
him,  and  with  other  bad  companions.  Then  it  will 
not  be  long  until  you  will  be  sitting  together  as 
great  friends.  The  seat  will  be  the  scorner's  chair. 
Keep  off  this  seat!  The  scorner's  seat  is  the  un- 
happy chair.  Look  at  the  other  three  words:  un- 
godly, sinners,  scornful.  An  ungodly  person  is  one 
who  has  no  reverence  for  God.  Those  who  have  no 
reverence  for  God  soon  become  sinners.  Then  when 
they  become  sinners  they  become  scornful.  If  you 
want  to  be  happy,  you  must  keep  off  the  scorner's 
seat.  You  do  not  know  what  "scorner"  means?  It 
is  that  mean  something  that  gets  into  your  thoughts 
and  turns  up  your  nose.  It  is  showing  contempt  for 
those  you  think  are  not  as  good  as  you  are.  Those 
you  think  do  not  know  as  much  as  you  know.  They 
are  persons  whom  God  may  know  are  better  than  the 
one  who  scorns  them.  A  story  will  explain  the  word 
scornful. 

One  day  a  beautiful  young  girl  rustled  into  one 

82 


KEEP    OFF   THIS    SEAT 

of  New  York's  old-fashioned  horse-cars,  and  Satan 
gave  her  the  seat  of  the  scornful.  Her  dress,  of  pure 
white  serge,  was  fresh  from  the  dressmaker's  and 
looked  beautiful  and  dainty.  Her  little  gloved  hand 
held  a  parasol,  tied  with  a  knot  of  yellow  ribbon.  It 
made  you  think  of  a  great  white  lily  with  a  golden 
center.  The  car  was  crowded  and  among  the  pas- 
sengers were  some  of  those  Italian  laborers  that  are 
now  doing  the  rough  work  of  our  great  cities. 

"I  think  it  is  dreadful,"  she  scornfully  whispered 
to  her  companion.  "Why  don't  the  company  refuse 
to  let  such  creatures  on  the  cars?  or,  if  they  must 
ride,  I  should  think  they  could  stand  on  the  plat- 
form. He  will  ruin  my  dress  if  I  touch  him.  Just 
see  how  he  stares  at  me." 

And  so  he  did,  his  great  eyes  glistening  and  soft- 
ening as  they  fell  on  the  girl's  fair  beauty ;  and  then 
he  arose,  and,  leaning  forward  to  catch  the  strap, 
fairly  bent  over  her.  The  girl  grew  restive.  She 
was  very,  very  scornful,  and  turned  up  her  nose  as 
he  arose. 

"I  am  sure  he  is  very  impertinent,"  she  said,  with 
added  scorn,  and  when  the  conductor  came  she  mo- 
tioned him.     "Won't  you  make  this  man  move?"  she 

said. 

83 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

"Move  up!"  ordered  the  conductor.  The  words 
were  said  in  a  quick,  sharp,  scornful  tone.  "Yes," 
the  Italian  answered;  "but  see  ze  oil!  Ze  bootiful 
lady,  see!" 

The  lady  looked  up,  and  there  saw  the  oil  lamp 
had  sprung  a  leak,  and  would  have  dript  all  over 
her  had  not  this  man  seen  it,  and,  stretching  out  his 
arms  above  her,  formed  an  umbrella,  which  had  per- 
fectly protected  her  beautiful  dress  and  hat. 

A  guilty  blush  came  into  her  face  as  she  bowed 
her  thanks  to  him,  and  murmured  to  her  friend,  "It 
makes  me  ashamed  to  think  while  I  was  scorning  him, 
and  he  knew  it,  he  should  have  taken  such  pains 
for  me.  It's  a  lesson  I  will  not  soon  forget,  that  this 
poor  laborer  has  a  better  soul  than  I  have.  I'll  never 
again  be  scornful  to  any  one."  She  will  never  again 
sit  in  the  seat  of  the  scornful. 

She  had  walked  with  proud  people,  then  she  stood 
and  talked  with  them,  and  now  she  was  sitting  with 
them  in  the  scorner's  seat.  When  she  found  how 
unhappy  she  was  in  the  scorner's  seat  she  said,  "I 
will  never  again  sit  in  it."  The  dictionary  will  tell 
you  that  the  "scorner"  is  one  who  holds  religion  and 
religious  things  in  contempt — a  person  who  laughs  at 
you  for  being  Christian  boys  and  girls.    Your  father 

84 


KEEP   OFF   THIS    SEAT 

and  mother  call  scorners  bad  companions.  I  read  of  a 
little  girl  who  made  the  seat  of  a  scorner  very  un- 
comfortable. She  was  reading  her  Bible  when  a 
scorner  said,  "Beatrice,  you  can't  understand  that 
book,  and  it  is  not  true."  Looking  at  her  she  said, 
"There  is  one  thing  in  the  Bible  that  you  make  me 
think  is  true."  "Well,  what  can  that  be?"  Looking 
not  only  at  her,  but  clear  through  her,  she  answered, 
"The  Bible  says,  'In  the  last  days  shall  come  scoffers,' 
and  you  talk  like  one  of  them." 

Memorize  these  words:  "Blessed  is  the  man  (or  the 
boy  or  girl)  that  walketh  not  in  the  counsel  of  the 
ungodly,  nor  standeth  in  the  way  of  sinners,  nor 
sitteth  in  the  seat  of  the  scornful."  Keep  off  the 
seat  of  the  scornful! 


85 


Seventeen 
/ 
MOTHER'S    DAY 

"His  mother  made  him  a  little  coat." — I  Samuel  2:19. 

"]V  /[  OTHER  sews  love  into  all  the  seams.  Happy 
•^  ■*■  is  the  child  whose  mother  makes  the  little  coat. 
It  may  not  fit  as  well  as  the  tailor-made  one,  but  it 
surely  looks  more  like  the  child  who  wears  it. 
A  tailor-made  coat  keeps  the  body  warm;  a  mother- 
made  coat  keeps  the  heart  warm.  A  tailor-made 
coat  is  worn  out  and  forgotten,  but  the  mother-made 
coat  is  worn  on  the  memory  even  unto  old  age  and 
never  wears  out.  There  is  a  beautiful  story  about 
a  mother  whose  name  was  Hannah.  She  gave  the 
greatest  gift  she  had  to  God.  The  gift  was  her 
little  boy  Samuel.  How  did  she  give  him  to  God? 
She  took  him  to  God's  temple  and  left  him  there 
to  serve  God  as  long  as  he  lived.  Once  a  year  she 
visited  him  and  each  time  took  him  a  new  coat  that 
she  made  with  her  own  hands  and  heart.  Ask  your 
mother  to  tell  you  about  the  coat  Hannah  made 
for  her  little  boy  Samuel. 

Some  one  has  said  that  the  three  best  words  in  the 
86 


MOTHER'S  DAY 

English  language  are  Mother,  Home,  and  Heaven. 
You  can  fold  all  three  into  one  big  word,  Mother. 
It  is  mother  who  makes  the  word  House  spell  Home ; 
and  Mother  and  Home  are  Heaven  on  earth.  There 
is,  therefore,  just  one  best  word;  it  is  MOTHER. 
An  old  fable  represents  Atlas  holding  the  world  on 
his  shoulders.  A  great  sculptor  has  given  the  world  a 
new  statue  representing  Atlas  as  a  mother  support- 
ing the  world.  Here  is  what  Dr.  Parkhurst  writes 
about  it: 

The  right  arm  seems  extended  to  its  utmost  reach,  as  tho 
yearning  to  throw  its  clasp  clear  around  the  precious  burden, 
while  the  other  arm  lays  itself  up  against  the  globe  in  a  sort 
of  half  caress.  The  instant  impression  produced  is  that  of 
the  clinging  affectionateness  of  sustaining  motherhood.  There 
is  just  enough  evidence  of  strain  in  the  right  arm  and  in  the 
slightly  drawn  muscles  of  the  back  to  indicate  that,  altho  it 
is  a  love-task  that  she  is  committed  to,  it  is  still  a  task,  and 
involving  that  same  kind  of  self-expenditure  that  is  the  price  at 
which  all  perfect  service  has  to  be  rendered. 

In  the  entire  posture — which  is  not  so  much  posture  as  action 
— there  is  symbolized  the  idea  of  mother-love  tinged  with  hope 
and  purpose,  as  the  means  of  the  great  world's  uplift.  She  is, 
however,  upon  bended  knee,  and  her  achievement  made  holy  by 
the  devoutness  of  her  intent  and  aspiration.  Altho  a  work  of 
love,  and  due  to  the  artist's  devotion  to  his  own  mother,  it  is 
still  a  marketable  product,  and  has  already  been  sold  for 
$10,000. 

It  is  mother  who  lifts  and  holds  the  world.     Some 

87 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

of  these  words  in  the  story  of  Mother  Atlas  have  too 
many  letters.  Ask  mother  to  put  a  tuck  in  the  long 
words.  As  your  mind  grows  you  can  let  out  the 
tucks,  one  each  year.  The  second  Sunday  in  May 
is  Mother's  Day.  One  day  set  apart  for  every  person 
to  think  and  talk  about  mother.  If  mother  is  with 
us  this  is  the  day  to  plant  tulips  where  she  smiles. 
If  mother  is  dead,  we  will  plant  flowers  on  her  grave. 
Mother's  Day,  the  best  day  in  all  the  year. 

Did  I  hear  you  sing,  "Tell  me  a  new,  new  story  of 
mother  and  her  love"?  Here  is  one  I  read  in  Little 
Folks,  that  is  new  to  me.  It  is  called  "The  Loving 
Game."  It  was  a  pretty  game  that  Aunt  Rose  and 
little  Harry  used  to  play  together.  When  Harry 
would  put  up  his  tiny  finger  and  say,  "I  can  beat  you 
lovin' !"  Aunt  Rose  would  say,  "Oh,  no,  you  can't !" 
Then  she  would  put  her  thinking  cap  on  and  begin, 
"I  love  you  more  than  a  bushel  of  pennies!" 

Quick  as  a  flesh,  Harry  would  say,  "I  love  you 
more  than  two  bags  of  big  dollars!" 

Then  Aunt  Rose  would  say,  "I  love  you  longer 
than  seven  Sundays!" 

A  shake  of  that  tiny  forefinger,  and  Harry  would 
answer,   "But  I  love  you  longer  than   ten   Christ- 


mases 


!» 


MOTHER'S  DAY 

"I  love  you  clear  round  the  block!"  Aunt  Rose 
would  say. 

"And  I  love  you  all  over  the  park !"  Harry  would 
assert. 

"I  love  you  as  high  as  this  house!"  Aunt  Rose 
would  declare. 

"And  I  love  you  to  the  top  of  the  church  steeple !" 
Harry  would  say. 

"I  love  you  as  deep  as  a  well!" 

"Pooh!     I  love  you  to  the  bottom  of  the  lake!" 

And  so  they  would  go  on. 

But  one  day,  Harry  had  a  bright  thought.  After 
he  had  loved  to  the  bottom  of  the  ocean  and  down 
into  the  middle  of  the  earth,  and  to  the  top  of  the 
mountains  and  way  up  into  the  sky,  he  began  to 
caper  about  and  clap  his  hands.  "I've  got  you!" 
"I've  got  you !"  he  shouted. 

Then  with  shining  eyes  he  said,  "I  love  you  more 
than  my  mamma  loves  me!"  Thereupon  Aunt  Rose 
gave  it  up;  there  was  nothing,  she  thought,  beyond 
that. 

The  children's  pastor  thinks  Aunt  Rose  had  an- 
other guess.  She  could  have  told  Harry  that  she 
tried  to  love  him  as  much  as  God  loved  him.  This  is 
the  greatest  love.     If  the  sculptor  had  represented 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Mother  Atlas  as  lifting  her  children  on  the  world 
into  the  arms  of  God  the  statue  would  be  complete. 
God  loves  every  child  better  than  mother  loves  her 
child.  Hannah  knew  this  and  took  little  Samuel, 
whom  she  loved  better  than  she  loved  herself,  and 
gave  him  back  to  God. 

Let  us  all  sing  "the  old,  old  story  of  Jesus  and 
his  love." 


90 


Eighteen 
GRANT'S    BIRTHDAY 

"Above  all  things,  swear  not." — James  5:12. 

SWEARING  is  a  great  waste  of  time.  Stop  the 
leak  in  the  kettle.  This  kettle  is  an  hour  with 
sixty  drops  of  time  in  it.  If  there  is  a  leak  in  the 
kettle  the  little  drops  of  time  will  be  lost.  Sixty 
drops  and  the  hour-kettle  is  empty.  Swearing  is  a 
bad  habit  and  will  surely  wear  a  hole  in  the  kettle. 
It  is  difficult  to  swear  without  getting  angry.  Some- 
times the  kettle  is  emptied  before  the  hole  is  made. 
How?  Anger  starts  the  kettle  boiling  and  time  runs 
over  and  is  lost.  Swearing  is  a  great  waste  of  time ! 
In  sixty  minutes  of  temper  an  hour  has  run  over. 

April  27  is  Grant's  birthday.  Some  one  told  the 
following  interesting  story  about  him.  "While  sit- 
ting with  him  at  the  camp-fire  late  one  night,  after 
every  one  else  had  gone  to  bed,  I  said  to  him :  'Gen- 
eral, it  seems  singular  that  you  have  gone  through 
all  the  trouble  of  army  service  and  frontier  life  and 
have  never  been  provoked  into  swearing.  I  have 
never  heard  you  utter  an  oath  or  use  an  imprecation.' 

91 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

"  'Well,  somehow  or  other,  I  never  learned  to 
swear,'  he  replied.  'When  a  boy,  I  used  to  have  an 
aversion  to  it,  and  when  I  became  a  man  I  saw  the 
folly  of  it.  I  have  always  noticed,  too,  that  swearing 
helps  to  arouse  a  man's  anger ;  and  when  a  man  flies 
into  a  passion,  his  adversary  who  keeps  cool  always 
gets  the  better  of  him.  In  fact,  I  never  could  see  the 
use  of  swearing.  I  think  it  is  the  case  with  many 
people  who  swear  excessively  that  it  is  a  mere  habit, 
and  that  they  do  not  mean  to  be  profane;  but,  to 
say  the  least,  it  is  a  great  waste  of  time.'  " 

When  you  read  this  to  your  uncle  he  may  say,  "If 
General  Grant  had  been  provoked  as  I  often  am,  I 
think  he  would  have  sworn."  Just  tell  uncle  this 
story  and  ask  him  if  General  Grant  did  not  have  some 
reason  now  and  then  to  have  a  provoke: 

"After  he  had  served  the  nation  as  its  President, 
General  Grant  was  in  New  York  when  the  Masonic 
Temple  was  burned.  The  fire-line  was  drawn  half 
way  down  the  block,  but  the  great,  surging  crowds 
hampered  the  work.  A  policeman  stationed  below 
failed  to  recognize  the  ex-President  as  he  approached 
the  line,  and  quickly  grabbing  him  by  the  collar,  he 
swung  him  around  in  the  other  direction,  yelling  at 
him  as  he  gave  him  a  whack  with  his  club:    'Here, 


GRANT'S   BIRTHDAY 

what's  the  matter  with  you?  Don't  you  see  the  fire- 
line?  Chase  yourself  out  of  here,  and  be  quick 
about  it.'  " 

The  General  did  not  swear,  but  just  hurried  out  of 
the  crowd  and  began  to  attend  to  his  own  business. 
Swearing  would  have  been  a  great  waste  of  time. 

Other  great  men  tell  us  that  swearing  is  more 
than  a  waste  of  time ;  it  destroys  the  kettle. 

General  Washington,  in  an  order  issued  August 
3,  1776,  said :  "The  General  is  sorry  to  be  informed 
that  the  foolish  and  wicked  practise  of  profane  curs- 
ing and  swearing,  a  vice  hitherto  little  known  in  an 
American  army,  is  growing  into  fashion.  He  hopes 
the  officers  will,  by  example  as  well  as  influence,  en- 
deavor to  check  it,  and  that  both  they  and  the  men 
will  reflect  that  we  can  have  little  hope  of  the  bless- 
ing of  heaven  on  our  army  if  we  insult  it  by  our 
impiety  and  folly.  Added  to  this,  it  is  a  vice  so  mean 
and  low,  without  any  temptation,  that  every  man  of 
sense  and  character  detests  and  despises  it."  Swear- 
ing is  a  great  waste  of  character ! 

James  says:  "But  above  all  things,  my  brethren 
(and  my  Juniors),  swear  not;  neither  by  heaven, 
neither  by  the  earth,  neither  by  any  other  oath ;  but 
let  your  yea  be  yea,  and  your  nay  be  nay;  lest  ye 

93 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

fall  into  condemnation."  Swearing  is  a  great  loss 
of  soul!  James  asks  you  to  be  specially  watchful 
against  the  habit  of  swearing.  "Above  all  things" — 
that  is,  you  will  find  it  more  difficult  to  keep  from 
this  sin  than  it  is  to  keep  from  many  other  sins. 

If  Satan  can  not  get  a  boy  or  girl  to  swear  with 
the  tongue,  he  will  try  to  get  a  swear  through  the 
hands  or  feet.  Slamming  a  door  when  you  are  mad 
is  hand-swearing.  When  you  have  been  corrected 
and  go  out  of  the  room  as  tho  each  step  would  put 
holes  in  the  floor  you  are  foot-swearing.  Sometimes 
a  swear  spreads  over  the  face  like  a  cloud  across  the 
sky.     Swearing  is  a  great  loss  of  happiness ! 

Will  my  Juniors  celebrate  Grant's  birthday  by  re- 
solving never  to  swear?  Do  not  forget  that  swearing 
is  a  great  waster. 

You  really  want  a  story?  I  never  tell  a  swear- 
story,  but  here  is  one  that  may  help  you  to  remem- 
ber our  thought  about  swearing:  A  long,  long  time 
ago  in  the  summer  time  a  man  was  stung  in  the  face 
by  a  bee.  This  made  him  mad,  and  he  swore  and 
swore  and  then  swore  again.  The  swear  was  so  hot 
that  his  kettle  of  time  boiled  over  and  he  wasted  half 
an  hour  swearing  at  the  bee.  A  friend  who  was  sorry 
to  hear  him  swear,  said:   "Jim,  I  am  sorry  for  you. 

94, 


GRANT'S   BIRTHDAY 

I  think  that  bee  might  have  stung  you  in  a  better 
place."  Again  the  kettle  boiled  over.  "Where  might 
it  have  stung  me?"  asked  the  swearer.  "Why,  it 
would  have  been  better  for  you  if  it  had  stung  you 
on  the  tip  of  the  tongue."  Read  the  third  chapter 
of  James  and  then  think  of  the  need  of  a  bee  on  the 
tip  of  the  tongue. 


95 


Nineteen 

PEACE    DAY 

"Blessed  are  the  peacemakers." — Matthew  5:9. 

IN  the  library  of  a  New  York  merchant,  David  L. 
Dodge,  the  world's  first  peace  society  came 
into  existence.  May  18  is  known  as  "Peace  Day." 
A  day  when  we  are  to  think  and  talk  about  peace 
more  than  any  other  subject.  A  Lord's  Day  near 
Peace  Day  is  Whit  Sunday.  You  do  not  know  what 
Whit  Sunday  is?  It  is  the  day  when  many  churches 
celebrate  the  coming  of  the  Holy  Spirit  on  the  day 
of  Pentecost.  The  Holy  Spirit  and  Peace  Day! 
How  glad  we  should  be  to  celebrate  both  days  in 
the  same  week!  The  Children's  Pastor  hopes  that 
soon  each  day  of  the  three  hundred  and  sixty-five 
days  of  each  and  every  year  will  be  known  as  Peace 
Day,  and  on  every  Lord's  Day  we  will  celebrate  the 
coming  of  the  Holy  Spirit. 

Here  is  the  wrong  way  to  be  a  peacemaker.  A 
missionary  was  praying  and  talking  with  an  Indian 
chief  Who  was  dying.     The  missionary  said:    "You 

96 


PEACE   DAY 

have  been  in  many  wars,  but  now  before  you  die  you 
should  forgive  all  your  enemies  and  be  at  peace  with 
them."     The  answer  was:    "I  am  at  peace  with  my 
enemies,  for  I  have  killed  all  of  them."     Some  one 
has  called  this  "graveyard  peace."    Over  their  graves 
we  could  not  write:    "Blessed  are  the  peacemakers." 
Here  is  the  right  way  to  be  a  peacemaker:   "I  was 
a  peacemaker  to-day,"  said  little  Amy.     Her  mother 
asked:   "What  makes  you  think  so?"     «  'Cause  there 
was  something  I  didn't  tell,"  replied  Amy.     This  is 
one  of  the  best  ways  in  the  world  of  being  a  peace- 
maker.   Right  there  and  then  Amy  became  one  of  the 
"children  of  God."     'Cause  there  was  something  she 
didn't  tell. 

Another  way  to  be  a  peacemaker  is  by  forgiving 
those  who  talk  too  much.  Can  you  forgive  those 
who  say  mean  things  about  you? 

A  story  is  told  of  Peter  Miller,  a  plain  Baptist 
preacher  of  Ephrata,  Pa.,  in  the  days  of  the  Revo- 
lutionary War.  Near  his  church  lived  a  man  who 
abused  the  pastor  in  every  possible  way.  This  man 
was  arrested  for  treason ;  that  is,  for  not  being  true 
to  his  country.  He  was  tried,  found  guilty,  and 
sentenced  to  be  hanged.  Peter  Miller,  the  old 
preacher,  started  out  on  foot  and  walked  the  whole 

97 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

seventy  miles  to  Philadelphia  that  he  might  plead  for 
the  man's  life.  Washington  heard  his  plea,  but  he 
said:  "No,  your  plea  for  your  friend  can  not  be 
granted."  "My  friend!"  said  the  preacher;  "  he  is 
the  worst  enemy  I  have."  "What!"  said  Washing- 
ton; "you  have  walked  nearly  seventy  miles  to  save 
the  life  of  your  enemy?  That  puts  the  matter  in  a 
different  light.     I  will  grant  the  pardon." 

The  pardon  was  made  out  and  given  to  Miller,  and 
he  at  once  started  to  walk  to  a  village  fifteen  miles 
off,  where  the  execution  was  to  take  place  that  after- 
noon. He  arrived  just  as  the  man  was  being  taken 
to  the  scaffold.  The  condemned  man,  as  he  looked 
out  over  the  crowd,  saw  Peter  Miller  coming  up,  and 
he  said :  "There  is  old  Peter  Miller.  He  has  walked 
all  the  way  from  Ephrata  to  have  his  revenge  by 
seeing  me  hanged."  He  had  scarcely  said  the  words 
when  the  pardon  was  presented  by  the  dear  old 
preacher  of  peace.  The  life  of  the  traitor  was 
spared,  and  the  preacher  proved  he  was  a  child  of 
God.     "Blessed  are  the  peacemakers." 

Shall  I  tell  you  a  story  in  which  to  hold  the  ser- 
mon? On  the  peak  of  the  Andes  Mountains,  four- 
teen thousand  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea  and 
on  the  line  which  marks  the  boundary  between  the 


PEACE    DAY 

republics  of  Argentina  and  Chile,  has  been  erected 
one  of  the  most  striking  monuments  in  the  world. 
For  more  than  a  century  the  boundary  line  between 
Argentina  and  Chile  has  been  in  dispute.  (Get  your 
maps  and  find  these  countries.)  A  wise  man  who 
loved  peace  proposed  that  the  dispute  be  settled  by 
arbitration.  (Turn  to  your  dictionary  and  learn 
the  meaning  of  arbitration.)  The  two  governments 
agreed  to  ask  the  King  of  England  to  be  their  arbi- 
trator. The  King  worked  hard  and  drew  a  line  of 
separation  that  made  all  happy.  So  very  happy 
were  they  to  be  at  peace  that  all  agreed  to  settle  by 
arbitration  all  their  disputes  for  the  next  five  years. 
Soon  they  found  that  they  did  not  need  so  many 
soldiers  and  many  of  them  were  sent  home  to  work 
and  care  for  their  families.  Boys  and  girls  shouted 
for  joy  when  fathers  came  marching  home.  Several 
large  battleships  were  soon  sold  and  the  money  was 
used  for  building  docks.  The  two  nations,  growing 
in  wealth  and  strength,  bid  fair  to  outstrip  all  the 
countries  of  the  South  American  continent. 

These  Spanish-Americans  have  warm  hearts  and 
great  love  for  peace.  When  they  sign  a  treaty  they 
are  not  satisfied  to  tie  a  piece  of  red  tape  around  the 
peace  papers  and  lock  them  up  in  a  vault  of  the  State 

99 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Department.  That  might  do  for  North  Americans, 
but  to  them  it  seems  a  very  dull  and  stupid  way. 
To  let  all  the  world  know  that  they  are  at  peace  they 
have  made  a  colossal  statue  of  Christ,  twenty-six  feet 
high,  and  standing  on  a  granite  hemisphere  symbol- 
izing the  world.  This  they  set  up  upon  the  Andean 
peak,  three  miles  above  the  level  of  the  Pacific  Ocean. 
Into  the  pedestal  they  cut  an  inscription  in  Spanish, 
which,  being  interpreted,  reads:  "These  mountains 
will  crumble  to  dust  ere  Argentines  and  Chileans 
break  the  peace  which  at  the  feet  of  Christ  the  Re- 
deemer they  have  sworn  to  keep."  Peace  Day  is  a 
good  time  to  tell  this  story  to  your  friends. 


100 


A 


Twenty 

APPLE    BLOSSOM    SUNDAY 

I  raised  thee  up  under  the  apple  tree."— Solomon's  Song  8:5. 
N  apple  orchard  in  blossom  is  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  sights  on  all  this  earth.     I  hope  my 
Juniors  are  all  enjoying  this  beautiful  world  made 
more    beautiful    by    apple    blossoms.      If    you    had 
known  you  were  going  to  visit  this  world  what  would 
you  have  brought  with  you?     God  knew  you  were 
coming  and  he  sent  with  you  the  three  things  you 
need  most  for  a  happy  visit.    First,  a  portable  house, 
called  a  body,  in  which  to  live.     It  is  built  to  last 
from  seventy  to  one  hundred  years.     Second,  an  in- 
tellect to  help  you  to  enjoy  the  world  and  the  people 
you  are  visiting.     It  shows  you  how  to  see  and  en- 
joy the  best  things  in  the  world.     Third,  a  spirit 
that  keeps  you  from  getting  lost  in  this  world.    This 
spirit  tells  you  to  enjoy  this  life,  but  not  to  forget 
that  the  world  from  which  you  came,  and  to  which 
you  can  return,  is  more  beautiful  than  this  one. 
Had  you  known  you  were  coming,  what  birthday 
101 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

gift  would  you  have  selected?  A  small  boy  said, 
after  his  mother  had  punished  him:  "If  I  had  been 
given  the  choice  of  a  mother,  I  would  have  taken 
grandma,  she  is  so  good  to  me."  When  he  grew  old 
he  knew  better.  There  is  no  friend  like  mother. 
What  would  have  been  your  choice  of  a  birthplace? 
Would  you  have  selected  the  city  or  the  country? 
Our  text  answers  the  question  as  I  would  answer  it. 
It  tells  of  the  beautiful  birthplace  of  a  little  girl. 
"I  raised  thee  up  under  the  apple-tree."  The  apple- 
tree  probably  grew  by  the  corner  of  the  house  where 
she  was  born.  This  text  is  part  of  a  wonderful  song- 
story.  With  her  husband  she  had  gone  back  as  a 
bride  to  the  old  home.  He  pointed  to  the  apple-tree 
under  which  she  was  born ;  the  same  apple  tree  under 
whose  shade  they  had  often  sat,  and  where  he  had  told 
her  of  his  love.  Do  you  wish  you  had  been  born  under 
an  apple-tree?  You  can  if  you  will.  The  Bible 
says  you  must  be  born  again,  born  a  second  time. 
You  can  select  your  second  birthplace.  The  Bible 
says  Christ  is  like  an  apple-tree.  "As  the  apple-tree 
among  the  trees  of  the  wood,  so  is  my  beloved  among 
the  sons."  To  be  a  child  of  God  you  must  be  born 
again,  born  in  the  likeness  of  Christ.  Our  Christ 
is  the  tree  of  life.     To  be  raised  up  under  his  love  is 

102 


APPLE    BLOSSOM    SUNDAY 

what  God  means  by,  "I  raised  thee  up  under  the 
apple-tree."  Possibly,  when  jour  visit  to  this  world 
is  ended  and  you  return  home  to  heaven,  you  will 
sit  down  under  the  shade  of  a  tree  by  the  river  of 
life  and  talk  to  Christ  about  his  love.  I  hope  the 
tree  of  life  in  Paradise  will  be  like  an  apple  tree  in 
blossom. 

Apple  blossoms  are  beautiful,  but  there  is  some- 
thing more  useful  to  follow.    After  the  blossoms  come 
the  apples.  Apples  are  blossoms  filled  with  fragrance, 
sunshine,  nectar,  and  colors  from  the  rainbow.     In 
Europe,  before  our  ancestors  became  Christians,  it 
was  the  custom  when  a  child  died  to  put  an  apple 
in  his  hand  with  which  to  play  in  Paradise.     There 
is  a  legend  that  represents  the  Angel  of  Death,  whose 
duty   they  believed  was  to  separate   the  soul   from 
the  bodies  of  those  who  were  dying,  holding  an  apple 
close  to  the  one  who  is  about  to  depart  from  life. 
This,  in  order  that  the  first  thing  the  spirit  would 
see  in  the  new  world  would  be  a  beautiful  apple.    "As 
the  apple-tree  among  the  trees  of  the  wood,  so  is 
my   beloved   among  the  sons."     We   as   Christians 
expect  to  see  Christ  first  in  heaven.     "As  the  apple- 
tree  among  the  trees  of  the  wood,  so  is  my  beloved 
among  the  sons." 

103 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

It  is  time  to  close,  but  I  must  give  you  two  minutes 
in  order  to  tell  you  a  quaint  apple  story.  If  your 
father  and  mother  came  from  the  country  they  will 
tell  you  how,  as  children,  they  played  under  the 
apple-trees.  They  put  sticks  for  legs  in  big  apples 
and  set  them  up  as  animals.  With  a  little  imagina- 
tion added  to  the  apples  and  sticks  they  soon  had  a 
menagerie.  This  quaint  play  has  an  interesting 
origin.  In  the  early  days,  the  people  of  Athens  had 
a  place  for  worship  just  across  the  river  Esopus. 
They  took  sheep  across  the  river  as  a  sacrifice  to  their 
gods.  There  came  a  very  heavy  storm  and  the  river 
was  so  swollen  that  the  worshipers  could  not  take 
the  sheep  across.  Some  one  recalled  that  the  Greek 
word  for  sheep  was  the  same  word  that  meant  apple. 
Then  they  put  the  wooden  legs  on  the  apples  and 
offered  them  as  a  sacrifice.  They  used  the  same 
word  and  believed  their  gods  would  not  know  the 
difference.  Once  a  year  they  put  apples  on  legs 
and  sacrificed  them  in  commemoration  of  this  occa- 
sion. Children  playing  under  the  apple-trees  are 
still  commemorating  the  old  Greek  sacrifice. 

Christ  is  compared  to  an  apple-tree,  He  is  so  beau- 
tiful. But  we  must  not  put  these  apple  blossoms, 
with  which  our  church  is  decorated  to-day,  in  place 

104 


APPLE    BLOSSOM    SUNDAY 

of  Christ.  We  do  not  worship  apple  blossoms,  but 
we  use  them  and  enjoy  their  great  beauty  as  a 
reminder  of  His  love.  After  your  apple  blossom  ser- 
vice take  these  flowers  to  the  sick,  take  arms  full 
of  them  to  the  children's  ward  in  the  hospital.  It 
would  be  fine  to  read  to  the  sick  while  they  look  at 
the  blossoms  and  enjoy  the  fragrance.  In  your 
Bible  you  will  find  apples  spoken  of  eleven  times. 


105 


Twenty-one 
MEMORIAL    DAY 

"This  day  shall  be  unto  you  for  a  memorial. " — Exodus  12:14. 

"\  /TARCH!  March!  March!  Fife  and  drum  and 
■*■  •*■  bugle  call.  Graves  covered  with  flowers  and 
flags;  tears  in  memory  of  past  years.  We  know 
what  all  this  means,  for  the  thirtieth  of  May  is 
Memorial  Day.  At  first  we  named  it  Decoration 
Day.  But  we  do  more  than  decorate.  We  remember 
the  bravery  of  our  soldiers  and  all  they  did  for  our 
country.    The  new  name,  Memorial  Day,  is  better. 

What  was  the  origin  of  this  beautiful  custom? 
Why  do  you  boys  and  girls  want  to  know  its  history  ? 
Oh !  I  understand.  Some  day  it  may  be  one  of  your 
school  examination  questions.  Good,  that  is  one  of 
many  things  your  pastor  wants  to  do  for  you.  If 
he  can  help  you  in  your  school  work  he  will  be  very 
happy.  Every  Sunday  should  help  you  for  each  day 
of  the  week.  Here  is  your  answer.  There  is  a  tra- 
dition that  a  German  soldier  in  our  Civil  War  started 
the  custom  by  telling  that  once  a  year  the  people 

106 


MEMORIAL   DAY 

of  his  native  country  scattered  flowers  on  the  graves 
of  their  soldiers.  The  history  of  our  Memorial  Day 
began  in  1868,  when  Adjutant-General  Chipman 
talked  on  this  subject  with  John  A.  Logan,  Com- 
mander of  the  Grand  Army.  The  talk  got  into 
Logan's  heart,  and  he  ordered  that  the  30th  of  May 
should  be  the  day  set  apart  "for  the  purpose  of 
strewing  with  flowers,  or  otherwise  decorating  the 
graves  of  comrades  who  died  in  defense  of  their 
country  during  the  late  rebellion,  and  whose  bodies 
now  lie  in  almost  every  city,  village,  or  hamlet 
churchyard  in  the  land." 

Thirtieth  day  of  May,  Memorial  Day.  Hurrah! 
Hurrah !  Hurrah !  for  the  brave  boys  in  blue  and 
gray! 

"Over  the  cannon's  mouth  the  spider  weaves  her 
web."  By  spinning  the  web  over  the  cannon's  mouth 
she  tells  us  that  it  is  time  to  stop  war.  The  spider 
was  the  world's  first  engineer  and  suspension-bridge 
builder.  Would  it  not  be  fine  to  have  our  bojrs  in 
blue  wheel  up  one  of  their  old  cannon  and  the  boys  in 
gray  wheel  up  one  of  their  old  cannon  and  leave  them 
close  enough  for  the  spider  to  spin  her  suspension 
bridge  between  them?  While  the  mother  spider  is 
building  the  bridge  the  Junior  spiders  could  spin  a 

107 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

beautiful  web  over  the  mouth  of  each  cannon.  On 
the  morning  of  the  thirtieth  of  May  the  Juniors  of 
the  North  and  the  Juniors  of  the  South  could  march 
around  the  cannons  and  sing  "The  Star-Spangled 
Banner."  Early  in  the  morning  they  will  see  some- 
thing like  diamonds  on  the  web  of  the  suspension 
bridge.  Some  one  might  call  them  dew  drops — the 
Juniors  can  imagine  they  are  tears.  Imagine  that 
nature  has  been  crying  about  the  brave  boys  in  gray 
and  the  brave  boys  in  blue,  who  sleep  in  soldiers' 
graves. 

I  have  read  that  the  humming-bird  in  Australia 
protects  its  home  with  a  lightning  rod.  Before  a 
thunderstorm  bursts,  the  prudent  bird  covers  the 
outside  of  its  little  nest  with  a  spider's  web.  Silk  is 
a  non-conductor  of  electricity,  and  since  the  spider 
web  is  silk  the  humming-bird's  nest  is  thereby  made 
lightning-proof.  The  spider  web  between  the  cannon 
of  the  North  and  the  cannon  of  the  South  will,  let 
us  hope,  protect  us  from  all  future  thunderstorms 
of  war.     Three  cheers  for  the  spider  and  her  web ! 

Memorial  Day  will  some  day,  let  us  pra}',  be  called 
Peace  Day.  But  spiders  can  not  do  all  the  work; 
Juniors  must  do  most  of  the  work.  Each  boy  and 
girl  has  a  responsibility.     The  word  "responsibility," 

108 


MEMORIAL   DAY 

you  think,  is  rather  large.  Yes,  but  like  a  big  apple, 
you  can  break  it  in  two.  The  "re"  is  a  Latin  word 
meaning  "again,"  and  the  second  part  is  another 
Latin  word  that  means  "to  answer."  Responsibility 
is  therefore  something  for  which  you  must  some  dav 
answer.  God  will  ask  you  what  you  have  done  for 
your  country.  Will  you  be  able  to  say:  "I  have 
done  my  best?"  This  responsibility  you  can  not  put 
off.  It  is  a  part  of  you  that  can  not  be  taken  from 
all  other  parts  of  you.  A  story  will  help  you  to 
remember  this  fact.  A  lawyer  was  defending  a  man 
who  was  accused  of  house-breaking.  He  said :  "Your 
honor,  I  submit  that  my  client  did  not  break  into 
the  house  at  all.  He  found  the  parlor  window  open, 
and  merely  inserted  his  right  arm  and  removed  a 
few  trifling  articles.  Now,  my  client's  arm  is  not 
himself,  and  I  fail  to  see  how  you  can  punish  the 
whole  individual  for  an  offense  for  which  his  right 
arm  alone  is  responsible." 

"That  argument,"  said  the  Judge,  "is  very  well 
put.  Following  it  logically,  I  sentence  the  defend- 
ant's arm  to  one  year's  imprisonment.  He  can  ac- 
company it  or  not,  as  he  chooses." 

The  defendant  smiled,  and  with  his  lawyer's  as- 
sistance, unscrewed  his  cork  arm,  and  leaving  it  in 

109 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

the  dock,  walked  out.    You  are  neither  wood  nor  cork 
Juniors,  but  all  flesh  and  blood. 

You  must  put  jour  entire  life,  body,  mind  and 
soul  into  your  responsibility.  No  one  part  of  you 
can  be  held  responsible.  Your  fathers  fought  the 
battles ;  their  children  must  heal  the  wounds  and  love 
out  the  scars.  As  every  school  has  its  colors  so  the 
Juniors  should  have  their  colors  for  Memorial  Day. 
The  Children's  Pastor  suggests  that  you  adopt 
blue  and  gray  for  their  colors.  Blue  will  stand  for 
true,  and  gray  for  to-day ;  true  to  the  responsibilities 
of  each  and  every  Memorial  Day. 


110 


Twenty- two 
CLINGING    CLIMBERS 

"Blossom  as  the  rose." — Isaiah  35:1. 

rTlHERE  are  many  varieties  of  roses.  In  our  first 
-*■  rose  lesson  we  will  put  them  all  under  two 
varieties — climbers  and  non-climbers.  On  Rose  Sun- 
day we  will  talk  about  the  clinging  climbers.  This 
rose  climbs  and  clings  and  then  clings  and  climbs  and 
buds  and  blooms.  Each  cling  is  a  resting-place  and 
each  resting-place  is  a  new  start  for  another  climb ; 
each  climb  sending  out  more  buds  and  blossoms.  Some 
of  these  climbers  are  called  perpetuals  because  they 
are  constantly  blooming ;  climbing  and  blooming  and 
filling  the  air  with  fragrance.  As  Christ  is  called 
the  Rose  of  Sharon,  I  am  sure  my  Juniors  will  rejoice 
in  being  compared  to  roses.  Juniors  should  be  like 
clinging  climbers.  Six  days  for  climbing  and  one  for 
clinging.  Sunday  is  clinging  day.  On  this  rest  day 
they  have  a  chance  to  cling.  To  what  do  they  cling? 
To  God's  love,  to  His  great  truth,  to  great  beliefs. 
For  my  Juniors  there  is  a  great  lesson  upon  the 
111 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

three  splendid  arches  spanning  the  doorways  of  the 
Milan  Cathedral.  Over  one  is  carved  a  beautiful 
wreath  of  roses,  and  underneath  is  the  legend:  "All 
that  pleases  is  but  for  the  moment."  Over  another  is 
sculptured  a  cross,  and  there  are  the  words:  "All 
that  troubles  is  but  for  a  moment."  But  over  the 
great  central  arch  are  the  words:  "That  only  is 
important  which  is  eternal."  These  three  lessons  I 
hope  my  Juniors  will  learn  and  teach. 

Many  churches  have  a  Junior  congregation  and 
the  pastor  preaches  to  them  every  Sunday.  The 
Junior  congregation  is  the  Children's  Garden.  Here 
is  a  beautiful  story  written  by  James  H.  Hill,  of 
Salt  Lake  City,  the  city  where  roses  grow  and  vine 
and  twine  and  bloom: 

"Early  in  the  springtime  many  years  ago  we 
planted  some  roses  in  our  garden.  No  two  were  alike 
when  we  planted  them ;  no  two  grew  the  same  after- 
ward, altho  we  tried  to  give  each  of  them  the  same 
care  and  attention.  One  especially  was  unlike  any 
of  the  others;  it  seemed  more  frail  and  its  branches 
more  slender  and  tender.  After  a  while,  discouraged 
with  its  growth,  we  decided  to  remove  it  and  plant 
a  rose  in  its  place  that  would  do  better ;  but  a  friend 
said:    'The  fault  is  not  the  rose's,  but  yours — it's 

112 


CLINGING  CLIMBERS 

a  climber  and  needs  support.'  We  placed  a  trellis 
over  the  little  rose  and  twined  its  slender,  clinging 
branches  around  the  lower  bar.  Returning  some  days 
after,  we  found  its  branches  swinging  loosely  out 
from  the  trellis,  and  gathering  these  in,  we  secured 
them  to  another  higher  bar. 

"Again  we  returned  and  again  found  the  branches 
hanging  out  and  falling  down.  As  we  gathered  them 
up,  preparing  to  secure  them  to  a  still  higher  bar, 
we  said,  almost  impatiently,:  'Why  can't  you  stay 
on  the  trellis  where  we  put  you?'  But  the  little  rose 
seemed  to  say:  'Did  you  want  me  to  stay  where  you 
put  me?  I  thought  you  wanted  me  to  grow.  I 
tried  hard  to  reach  up  to  the  next  bar,  but  the  wind 
blew  so  strong  that  I  could  not  stand  alone.  I  kept 
on  growing  and  had  to  go  somewhere.'  "  The  gar- 
dener learned  to  help  the  rose  vine  to  cling  and 
swing  on  the  trellis.  Then  a  little  higher  he  put 
another  trellis  bar  to  which  it  could  climb. 

Mr.  Hill  says:  "Years  afterwards  we  returned  to 
our  old  home,  and  sitting  under  a  beautiful  vine- 
covered  arbor  we  looked  for  the  roses  we  had  taken 
care  of  years  before.  Some  were  there  strong  and 
thrifty,  others  had  not  grown  so  well,  a  few  were 
missing.     We  looked  for  our  little  rose,  but  could 

113 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

not  find  it.  When  we  inquired  for  it  our  friend  said : 
'Your  little  rose  has  grown  so  that  you  do  not  recog- 
nize it,  for  its  branches  cover  this  entire  arbor.  It's 
the  pride  of  the  garden.'  " 

Juniors  are  clinging  climbers,  and  like  our  little 
rose,  need  to  be  helped  over  the  difficult  places,  other- 
wise they  will  keep  on  growing,  and  with  no  one  to 
help  them  will  soon  follow  their  own  inclinations, 
which  are  usually  down  and  out.  But  if  the  Juniors 
are  trained  on  the  trellis  of  home  and  church  they 
will  cling  and  climb  and  blossom  as  the  rose. 

Some  day  your  pastor  expects  to  be  very  proud 
of  you,  for  he  is  expecting  you  to  climb  and  cling, 
to  cling  and  climb,  until  you  become  great  men  and 
women.  Never  forget,  as  you  cling  and  climb,  that 
all  love  the  rose  because  it  gives  so  much  pleasure 
and  is  always  pleasing. 

Here  is  a  little  story  in  which  to  carry  home  your 
Rose  Sunday : 

"I  will  not  give  away  my  perfume,"  said  the  rose- 
bud, holding  its  pink  petals  tightly  wrapt  in  their 
tiny  green  case.  The  other  roses  bloomed  in  splendor 
and  those  who  enjoyed  their  fragrance  exclaimed  at 
their  beauty  and  sweetness ;  but  the  selfish  bud  shriv- 
eled and  withered  away,  unnoticed. 

114 


CLINGING  CLIMBERS 

"No,  no,"  said  a  little  bird,  "I  do  not  want  to 
sing."  But  when  his  brothers  soared  aloft  on  joyous 
wings,  pouring  a  flood  of  melody,  making  weary 
hearers  forget  sorrow  and  bless  the  singers,  the  little 
bird  was  lonesome  and  ashamed. 

"If  I  give  away  all  my  wavelets,  I  shall  not  have 
enough  myself,"  said  the  brook.  And  it  hoarded  all 
its  waters  in  a  hollow  place,  where  it  formed  a  stag- 
nant, slimy  pool. 

A  boy  who  loved  a  fresh,  wide-awake  rose,  a  buoy- 
ant, singing  bird,  and  a  leaping,  refreshing  brooklet 
thought  on  these  things,  and  said :  "If  I  would  have 
and  would  be  I  must  share  all  my  goods  with  others ; 
for  Ho  give  is  to  live :  to  deny  is  to  die.'  " 


115 


Twenty-three 
OUR    FLAG    DAY 

"A  very  lovely  song  of  one  that  hath  a  pleasant  voice." — Eze- 
kiel  33:32. 

TUNE  14  is  Flag  Day.  In  the  Congressional 
*-*  Library  at  Washington,  D.  C,  the  records  show 
that  on  Saturday,  June  14,  1777,  this  resolution 
was  passed :  "Resolved,  That  the  flag  of  the  thirteen 
United  States  be  thirteen  stripes,  alternate  red  and 
white;  that  the  Union  be  thirteen  stars,  white  in 
blue  field,  representing  a  new  constellation."  We 
now  have  forty-eight  stars  on  our  flag. 

Some  one  has  said:  Among  the  special  days  of 
the  year,  patriotic  and  religious,  Flag  Day  has  a 
very  important  place.  On  this  day  the  beautiful 
emblem  of  our  country  is  unfurled  to  the  breeze,  and 
proudly  floats  not  only  from  the  flagstaff  of  our 
public  buildings  and  institutions,  but  from  those  of 
the  homes  of  the  people.  It  fosters  greater  love  for 
the  stars  and  stripes,  and  promotes,  notably  in  the 
hearts  of  the  youth  of  our  land,  the  spirit  of  patriot- 
ism. Too  much  can  not  be  made  of  our  country's 
flag,  and  every  Junior  should  respect  it.     The  cus- 

116 


OUR   FLAG   DAY 

torn  is  most  fitting,  to  stand  up,  uncover  and  cheer 
whenever  Old  Glory  is  unfurled. 

Your  pastor  wants  you  to  do  more  than  simply 
take  off  your  hat  and  cheer.  The  children  should 
sing  "The  Star  Spangled  Banner."  You  have 
pleasant  voices  and  it  is  a  very  lovely  song.  How 
many  of  you  can  start  the  song  and  sing  the  first 
line?  Good!  good!  I  am  glad  there  are  so  many  of 
you  who  can  do  this.  Now,  how  many  of  you  can 
sing  all  the  verses?  Not  one  of  you!  Oh,  my!  my! 
my!  Just  hear  the  answer  of  those  who  were  ready 
to  cheer.  One  night  at  Melrose  Abbey  your  pastor 
and  his  wife  were  very  much  ashamed  of  a  crowd  of 
American  girls.  It  was  moonlight  and  midnight  and 
a  crowd  had  gathered  by  the  old  abbey.  The  Scotch 
folk  sang  their  songs  and  asked  the  American  girls 
to  sing  "The  Star  Spangled  Banner."  They  could 
not  sing  all  of  the  first  verse.  They  had  pleasant 
voices,  but  did  not  know  the  very  lovely  song.  Listen 
to  this  story: 

Grandma  read  not  long  ago  that  out  of  a  large 
class  in  a  public  school  which  was  asked  to  write 
"The  Star  Spangled  Banner"  from  memory,  not  one 
scholar  wrote  it  correctly,  and  few  could  go  further 
than  the  first  verse. 

117 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Every  Junior  who  loves  the  flag  should  be  able  to 
repeat  "The  Star  Spangled  Banner"  word  for  word 
from  beginning  to  end.  You  should  know  its  history 
and  be  able  to  say  why  it  was  written  and  by  whom. 

"The  Star  Spangled  Banner"  was  written  on 
August  14,  1814,  by  Francis  Scott  Key.  Those  of 
you  who  have  studied  history  know  of  the  war  that 
was  being  carried  on  during  that  year.  The  British 
fleet  was  stationed  at  the  mouth  of  the  Potomac 
River,  and  Mr.  Key  under  a  flag  of  truce  went  there 
to  try  to  obtain  the  release  of  a  friend.  It  so  hap- 
pened that  an  attack  was  planned  on  Baltimore  for 
the  night  of  August  13,  and  Mr.  Key  and  his  truce 
boat  were  detained  all  night  during  the  bombard- 
ment of  Fort  McHenry.  Just  before  the  darkness 
settled  down  Mr.  Key  had  been  watching  our  flag  as 
it  waved  fearlessly  in  the  face  of  peril  and  danger. 
All  through  the  long  hours  of  the  gloomy  night  the 
heavy  cannonading  went  on,  but  just  before  daylight 
it  ceased.  Mr.  Key,  who  had  been  pacing  the  deck 
of  his  vessel  anxiously,  was  eager  for  the  first  ray  of 
morning  which  would  disclose  the  result  of  the  battle. 

As  the  dawn  broke  the  first  object  he  saw  was  the 
dear  old  flag  still  proudly  floating  over  the  fort.  We 
can  believe  the  sight  was  thrilling  and  that  under  its 

118 


OUR   FLAG   DAY 

inspiration  he  readily  composed  the  verses  which, 
as  soon  as  they  were  printed  and  circulated,  became 
popular  and  were  sung  with  enthusiasm  all  over  the 
city.  A  bronze  statue  of  Mr.  Key,  one  hand  out- 
stretched as  at  the  moment  of  discovering  that  "our 
flag  was  still  there,"  the  other  waving  his  hat  ex- 
ultantly, stands  over -his  grave  in  Frederick,  Md., 
the  city  of  his  birth. 

Now,  Juniors,  do  you  not  think  you  all  should 
become  familiar  with  the  words  of  this  grand  anthem  ? 
How  many  of  you  will  commit  them  to  memory? 
You  will  commit  "The  Star  Spangled  Banner"  to 
memory  if  I  will  tell  you  a  flag  story,  you  say  ?  Very 
well. 

Philip  came  into  the  primary  schoolroom  one  morn- 
ing and  informed  the  teacher  that  the  flag  was  up. 

"Is  it?"  said  she,  doubtfully. 

"It  certainly  is,  and  it  isn't  the  Fourth  of  July, 
or  Washington's  Birthday,  or  Lincoln's,  and  I 
couldn't  think  why  the  flag  should  be  up.  Why  is 
it?"  The  teacher  could  not  remember  any  anniver- 
sary worthy  of  notice  by  a  flag-raising  on  that  es- 
pecial day. 

"I  don't  know,  I  am  sure,"  she  said  at  last.  "Go 
and   find   out   and   tell  me."      Philip   hurried   away. 

119 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

"It's  to  celebrate  somebody's  wedding,"  he  re- 
ported. 

"Wedding?"  repeated  the  mystified  teacher. 
"There  isn't  any  wedding  on  the  whole  list  of  our 
historical  celebrations." 

"That's  what  it  says  on  the  card,  anyhow,"  in- 
sisted Philip.     "It's  something  about  a  wedding." 

The  teacher  decided  that  she  would  look  for  her- 
self. What  she  saw  on  the  card  was  as  follows: 
"This  day  is  the  anniversary  of  the  engagement  of 
the  Monitor  and  the  Merrimac." 

Do  not  forget  your  engagement  to  commit  "The 
Star  Spangled  Banner"  to  memory. 


120 


Twenty-four 
HANGING  A  PRAYER   ON   THE   STARS 

"They  that  go  down  to  the  sea  in  ships." — Psalm  107:23. 

T^VO  you  pray  for  the  sailors — "they  that  go  down 
-*-^  to  the  sea  in  ships?"  You  are  to  hear  of  how 
a  brave  sailor  prayed  for  himself;  how  he  wrote  a 
prayer  and  hung  it  on  the  stars.  Listen  while  Alex- 
ander Irvine  tells  you  a  story: 

We  were  in  a  squall  off  the  coast  of  Sicily,  and 
the  commander,  a  man  of  the  old  school,  took  ad- 
vantage of  it  to  give  us  a  bit  of  rough-water  drill. 
The  order  was  to  strike  the  lower  yards  and  topmast 
and  to  clear  the  decks  for  action. 

"Away,  aloft !"  he  roared,  as  the  wind  soughed 
through  the  rigging ;  and  a  moment  later  I  heard : 

"Bear  out  on  the  yardarm !"  Something  went 
wrong  in  the  foretop  and  the  sailor  fell  to  the  hatch- 
way grating  below,  killing  a  man  by  his  fall.  I 
stood  a  few  feet  from  the  grating,  and  it  took  me 
the  best  part  of  a  day  to  sponge  his  blood  out  of 
my  clothing.  We  buried  them  both  that  night  in 
an  old  cemetery  at  the  base  of  Mount  Etna. 

1.21 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

At  noontime  the  next  day  we  were  ordered  through 
the  same  evolution  aloft.  A  lad  had  been  promoted 
to  the  vacancy  in  the  forecastle,  and  he  was  rather 
nervous.  Five  hundred  pairs  of  eyes  followed  him 
as  he  tore  aloft  with  the  lightness  of  a  cat. 

At  the  crucial  moment — at  the  sound  of  the  order, 
"Bear  out  on  the  yardarm!" — he  lost  his  nerve, 
dropt  a  hundred  feet  and  was  crusht  to  death  on 
the  deck. 

Billy  Hicks,  a  second-class  officer,  was  made  cap- 
tain of  the  foretop.  Billy  was  something  of  a  wag. 
He  could  dance  a  hornpipe  or  sing  a  song  and  when 
he  laughed  the  deck  trembled. 

As  he  stood  there  barefooted  at  the  foot  of  the 
rigging  awaiting  the  fatal  order,  the  red  blush 
vanished  from  his  round  face.  It  was  ashy  and 
pinched. 

Every  eye  was  on  him,  and  as  he  sprang  at  the 
rigging,  men  stood  from  under. 

There  was  a  breathless  hush  as  he  reached  the  top, 
a  full  length  ahead  of  his  men.  Then  the  order  rang 
out  over  the  old  ship  and  a  hundred  men  with  the 
precision  of  a  clock  sprang  to  their  places. 

We  were  fond  of  Billy,  and  when  the  crisis  was 
past  we  gulped  down  our  lumps  and  secretly  thanked 

122 


HANGING  A  PRAYER   ON   THE   STARS 

Him  in  the  hollow  of  whose  hand  lie  the  seas.  No 
one  understood  how  Billy  Hicks  had  been  able  to 
obey  the  order  without  falling  to  the  deck. 

Something  really  did  happen  to  the  new  captain 
of  the  foretop  that  day,  tho  nobody  knew  just  what 
it  was.  There  was  a  change  and  we  felt  it.  Those 
who  stood  nearest  felt  it  most.  We  couldn't  analyze 
it;  he  couldn't  himself.  I  got  into  the  secret  by 
accident. 

An  officer  of  the  Gemaraire  came  on  board  one  day, 
a  week  or  two  later,  to  lunch  with  a  friend.  I  served 
the  lunch  in  the  wardroom  and  overheard  the  follow- 
ing conversation: 

"Have  you  a  seaman  by  the  name  of  Billy  Hicks 
on  board?" 

"Yes;  what  about  him?" 

"Well,"  the  officer  said,  smiling,  "we  were  ten  miles 
out  at  sea  a  few  weeks  ago  when  we  noticed  the  sig- 
nals flashing  all  over  the  heavens — electric  signals. 
I  was  officer  of  the  deck.  It  was  about  two  bells  in 
the  first  watch.  I  called  my  signal  officer  and  told 
him  to  take  down  what  he  read.  He  pulled  out  his 
notebook,  still  smiling,  and,  spelling  out  the  words, 
read : 

"  'God,  this  is  Billy  Hicks !  I  ain't  afraid  of  no 
123 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

bloomin'  man  nor  devil;  I  ain't  afraid  of  no  Davy 
Jones'  bleedin'  locker,  neither.  I  ain't  like  a  bawl- 
ing baby  afussing  at  his  dad  for  sweeties.  I  don't 
ask  you  for  no  favors,  but  just  one:  This  is  it — 
when  I  strike  the  foretops  to-morrow  let  me  do  it  with 
the  heart  of  a  man  what  iz  clean.  And  God,  dear 
God,  from  this  hear  day  on,  giv  me  that  feeling  I 
usto  have  long  ago  when  I  nelt  at  my  mother's  nee 
and  said,  "Our  Father."     Good  night,  dear  God.'  " 

Billy  knew  he  would  be  called  next  day  to  climb 
to  the  topmast.  That  night  while  in  charge  of  the 
big  light  signal  he  wrote  his  prayer  in  letters  of 
light  and  hung  it  on  the  stars  before  his  God.  Love 
is  God's  flashlight  with  which  you  can  send  your 
prayer  beyond  the  stars  and  hang  them  on  the  great 
white  throne  of  God.  Ask  father  or  mother  to  tell 
you  where  to  find  the  following  beautiful  sailor  story : 

They  that  go  down  to  the  sea  in  ships,  that  do 
business  in  great  waters; 

These  are  the  works  of  the  Lord,  and  His  wonders 
in  the  deep. 

They  mount  up  to  the  heaven,  they  go  down  again 
to  the  depths :  their  soul  is  melted  because  of  trouble. 

They  reel  to  and  fro,  and  stagger  like  a  drunken 
man,  and  are  at  their  wit's  end. 

124 


HANGING  A  PRAYER   ON   THE   STARS 

Then  they  cry  unto  the  Lord  in  their  trouble,  and 
he  bringeth  them  out  of  their  distresses. 

He  maketh  the  storm  a  calm,  so  that  the  waves 
thereof  are  still. 

Then  are  they  glad  because  they  be  quiet;  so  He 
bringeth  them  unto  their  desired  haven. 

Oh  that  men  would  praise  the  Xord  for  his  good- 
ness, and  for  his  wonderful  works  to  the  children  of 
men' 


125 


D 


Twenty-five 
THE    CROSS    ON    THE    ARM 

Take  up  his  cross  daily." — Luke  9:23. 

ID  you  all  enjoy  the  sailor  story  in  the  last 
sermon?  Did  any  of  you  think  while  reading 
about  Billy  Hicks  climbing  the  mast  that  he  was 
climbing  a  cross?  The  mast  of  a  ship  with  its  yard- 
arm  is  really  a  great  cross  uplifted  from  the  deck. 
This  cross  was  lifting  Billy  Hicks  up  toward  the 
stars  on  which  he  had  hung  his  prayer.  Every  tele- 
graph pole  is  a  cross  over  which  silent  and  unseen 
messages  are  carried  to  the  ends  of  the  world.  Each 
telegraph  pole  is  a  cross  and  millions  of  them  are 
in  line  across  our  continent.  In  May,  1844,  the  tele- 
graph, now  so  common,  was  used  for  the  first  time. 
One  of  the  first  messages  ever  flashed  over  a  wire 
was,  "What  hath  God  wrought?"  The  world's  great 
history  of  civilization  starts  at  the  Cross  on  Calvary. 
Have  you  ever  thought  of  the  unseen  crosses,  hun- 
dreds of  them,  along  your  pathway?  Every  time 
God's  plan  crosses  your  plan  there  is  a  cross  over 


THE    CROSS    ON    THE   ARM 

which  God  sends  a  message  to  your  soul.  You  plan 
an  outing  for  Saturday.  On  Friday  night  father 
or  mother  tells  you  of  some  work  you  are  to  do  on 
Saturday.  The  two  plans  are  in  opposite  direc- 
tions and  your  parents'  plan  crosses  your  plan  near 
the  top.  Here  is  a  cross!  Our  text  reads:  "Take 
up  his  cross  daily."  Are  you  willing  to  bear  it  cheer- 
fully on  Saturday?  Do  not  forget  that  "daily" 
means  Saturday  as  well  as  Sunday.  God  sees  your 
unseen  cross.  Your  plan  is  to  have  a  good  time. 
God  says,  Make  some  sacrifice  for  the  benefit  of 
others.  Here  is  a  cross  you  can  take  up  daily  and 
follow  Christ. 

The  world  honors  the  cross.  Would  you  believe 
that  even  cannibals  honor  the  cross  ?  Here  is  a  story 
that  was  telegraphed,  sent  over  thousands  of  crosses, 
from  Richmond,  Va.,  to  one  of  our  New  York  daily 
papers : 

"The  Rev.  Thomas  Needham,  following  a  sermon 
on  'Deliverance,'  related  a  remarkable  story  of  kid- 
napping and  adventure  among  cannibals  in  a  foreign 
land  and  exhibited  a  tattooed  cross  on  his  arm  as 
having  been  the  means  of  his  deliverance. 

"As  a  lad  he  was  stolen  and  carried  aboard  a  ship 
bound  for  a  South  American  port.     Among  others 

127 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

he  had  tattooed  on  his  arm  the  figure  of  a  cross. 
After  a  long  voyage  and  before  reaching  port  the 
captain  decided  to  put  him  ashore  and  leave  him  to 
his  fate.  If  they  had  taken  him  to  port  he  would 
have  told  of  how  he  had  been  stolen  and  made  to 
work  like  a  slave.  Left  on  the  shore  of  Patagonia, 
he  was  soon  captured  by  the  cannibals  who  lived  on 
that  coast. 

"On  being  stript  in  preparation  for  a  feast  of 
the  tribe,  the  attention  of  his  would-be  murderers 
was  attracted  to  the  cross  tattooed  on  his  arm.  They 
carried  him  before  the  chief  and  showed  him  the 
cross  on  the  boy's  arm.  He  ordered  that  the  boy 
be  not  killed,  and  he  was  afterward  treated  with 
every  mark  of  courtesy,  and  the  boy  soon  became 
a  member  of  the  chief's  household.  He  remained 
among  them  for  several  years  and  learned  their 
language  and  told  them  of  Christ  and  His  Cross. 
When  he  learned  their  language  he  found  that  a 
tradition  existed  among  the  tribesmen  that  a  strange 
cross  having  mystic  qualities  had  been  used  by  the 
Jesuits  who  had  once  preached  Christ  to  them.  They 
had  forgotten  the  message,  but  remembered  the  cross. 

"Finally  Mr.  Needham  made  his  escape  and  jour- 
neyed to  Boston,  where  some  of  his  relatives  lived. 

128 


THE    CROSS    ON    THE    ARM 

They  failed  to  recognize  in  the  tanned  man  the  boy 
who  had  disappeared  years  before.  A  cross  had  saved 
him  and  he  decided  to  hold  up  the  cross  of  Christ 
for  the  salvation  of  the  world. 

"Many  years  afterward  he  was  preaching  in  one 
of  the  lower  British  provinces  and  happened  to  relate 
this  incident  of  how  a  cross  had  saved  his  life.  A 
man  came  to  him  after  the  service  saying  that  he 
wanted  to  talk  to  him  privately.  The  man  took  the 
minister  to  his  home  and  there  on  the  wall  showed 
him  a  picture  of  the  very  boat  in  which  he  as  a  boy 
had  been  carried  away  from  home  to  a  far-off  land 
and  left  among  the  cannibals.  The  man  also  in- 
formed him  that  he  was  the  captain  of  the  boat  which 
had  cast  him  adrift.  The  captain  stated,  however, 
that  the  trip  was  his  last ;  that  he  had  become  con- 
verted and  that  he  was  repentant  for  what  he  had 
done.     The  cross  saved  the  captain." 

Do  the  Juniors  see  how  God's  plan  and  the  boy's 
plan  had  crossed?  The  boy  had  gone  to  play;  this 
was  his  plan.  He  was  stolen,  put  on  board  a  ship, 
and  made  to  work  as  a  slave;  this  was  God's  plan. 
The  two  plans  formed  a  cross.  You  say,  "How  disap- 
pointed that  boy  must  have  been  !"  Look  at  the  word 
"disappointment"  and  change  the  first  letter,  "d,"  to 

129 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

"h"  and  you  have  "His  appointment."  His  ap- 
pointed way.  God's  ways  are  not  always  our  ways. 
When  the  boy  grew  to  be  a  man  he  saw  how  God's 
way  was  the  better  way.  On  this  cross,  like  the 
mast  of  the  ship,  the  boy  climbed  close  to  God.  Over 
this  cross,  like  a  telegraph  pole,  God  sent  a  message 
to  the  cannibals,  and  by  the  cross  laid  upon  the  boy 
the  captain  had  been  saved,  and  by  the  cross  the  boy 
became  a  captain  of  Salvation. 

On  Sunday  morning  we  want  you  all  to  sing: 

In  the  cross  of  Christ  I  glory. 

Towering  o'er  the  wrecks  of  time; 
All  the  light  of  sacred  story 

Gathers  round  its  head  sublime. 


130 


Twenty-six 
THE    COMING    FOURTH    OF    JULY 

"On  the  fourth  day." — Numbers  7:30. 

rvy  HE  Sunday  before  the  Fourth  of  July  is  a  good 
■*•     time  to  plan  for  a  great  celebration. 

A  good  Christian  Junior  asks:  "Is  Sunday  the 
time  to  plan  for  fire-crackers,  sky-rockets,  base-ball 
and  boat  rides?"  Certainly  not!  The  Fourth  of 
July  was  never  intended  as  a  day  for  sports,  but  as 
a  day  for  making  a  new  start  as  good  Americans. 
It  is  the  day  to  read  and  recite  the  Declaration  of 
Independence,  to  hear  of  noble  deeds  and  great 
achievements.  A  time  to  learn  about  the  men  who 
gave  us  freedom  and  created  for  us  a  Republic. 

It  is  one  hundred  and  thirty-six  years  since  the 
Declaration  of  Independence  was  signed.  Great  men 
made  this  as  a  valuable  offering  to  their  country. 
In  one  hundred  and  thirty-six  years  from  this  time, 
A.D.  2048,  will  the  Juniors  of  that  time  be  able  to 
look  back  with  pride  to  what  you  did  for  them?     If 

131 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

not,  why  not?     There  is  certainly  some  offering  you 
can  make  to  your  country. 

July  Fourth,  1776!  Does  July  4  of  any  other 
year  tell  us  of  offerings  made  to  the  world?  Ask 
your  teacher  to  tell  you  about  July  4,  1097,  when 
the  Crusaders  gained  a  victory  for  the  Cross  over  the 
Crescent,  and  of  July  4,  1215,  when  King  John  was 
made  to  sign  the  Magna  Charta,  the  English  fore- 
runner of  our  Declaration. 

Do  not  forget  July  4,  1898,  when  we  celebrated 
the  great  victory  of  the  day  before.  Your  father  will 
tell  you  how  the  Spanish  squadron,  under  the  com- 
mand of  Admiral  Cervera,  was  destroyed  by  our 
American  sailor  boys  on  July  3,  fourteen  years  ago. 
I  have  a  beautiful  story  for  you  concerning  a  Christ- 
like act  on  that  Sunday  of  July  3,  1898,  a  story 
that  was  told  to  the  world  on  July  4,  1898.  The 
story  was  given  by  an  eye-witness  and  recently 
printed  in   the   Youth's  Companion. 

The  late  Admiral  Sampson  told  the  story  to  an 
audience  of  small  boys  in  the  parlor  of  a  social  set- 
tlement house.  They  were  ragged  boys  of  more  than 
one  nationality,  but  they  proudly  called  themselves 
Americans,  and  they  had  come  to  see  and  hear  an 
American  hero. 

133 


THE    COMING    FOURTH    OF    JULY 

The  admiral  judged  his  audience  correctly  at  once. 
He  saw  that  they  were  at  the  impatient  age,  and 
plunged  straight  into  his  story.  "I  want  to  tell 
you  of  something  that  happened  on  my  ship  the 
morning  the  American  fleet  took  the  harbor  of  San- 
tiago," he  said,  and  all  the  wrigglers  stopt  wriggling. 

"You  all  remember  that  battle?"  Vigorous  nod- 
dings  from  every  head.  "And  you  know  m}'  ship 
was  late  getting  there?"  More  nods.  "All  round 
us,  as  we  sailed  in,  there  were  signs  of  a  Spanish 
defeat,  wreckage,  dead  men,  disaster.  What  day  of 
the  week  was  that?" 

"Sunday!"  shouted  the  audience  as  one  boy. 

"Yes,  Sunday  morning ;  and  we  always  have  pray- 
ers on  the  Admiral's  ship  Sunday  morning.  The 
little  reading  desk,  or  pulpit,  with  the  cross  carved 
on  the  top  of  it,  was  still  standing  on  deck.  We 
had  gone  into  battle  so  hastily  that  no  one  had  time 
to  put  the  desk  away.  It  was  a  little  thing,  easilv 
moved  about.  So  we  sailed  along,  and  there  was 
death  and  destruction  on  the  face  of  the  waters. 
And  the  battle  was  won.  But  among  the  dead  things 
and  the  burning  things  that  floated  on  the  water  we 
saw  a  man  swimming.  He  was  a  Spanish  sailor,  one 
of  our  enemies.     He  was  making  a  struggle  for  his 

133 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

life,  but  there  was  nothing  near  enough  for  him  to 
cling  to,  and  each  stroke  he  made  was  fainter  than 
the  last.  The  shore  was  a  long  way  off.  According 
to  the  rules  of  war,  we  had  no  time  to  save  his  life ; 
besides,  he  was  our  enemy." 

The  room  was  very  still;  every  eye  was  fixt  on 
the  Admiral. 

"Some  of  us  on  that  side  of  the  ship,"  he  con- 
tinued, "watched  the  man  curiously,  wondering  how 
long  he  would  hold  out.  Then  all  of  a  sudden  one 
of  our  sailors  picked  up  that  little  pulpit  and  pitched 
it  over  the  side  of  the  ship  into  the  sea.  'Here, 
friend,'  he  cried,  'cling  to  that !  Cling  to  the  cross, 
and  it'll  take  you  safe  to  shore !' 

"Of  course  the  Spaniard  couldn't  understand  those 
English  words,  but  the  action  was  unmistakable ;  and 
the  last  we  saw  of  the  poor  fellow  he  was  clinging 
tc  the  pulpit  with  its  cross  moving  toward  the  shore. 
That's  the  kind  of  Americans  you  want  to  be,  boys — 
the  kind  that  sailor  was  aboard  my  ship." 

Then  they  all  stood  up  in  the  settlement  parlor  and 
sang  "America"  till  the  ceiling  trembled. 

Have  you  any  offering  to  make  to  your  country? 
How  are  you  going  to  celebrate?  How  would  it  do 
to  get  all  your  playmates  together  and  elect  one  to 

134 


THE  COMING  FOURTH  OF  JULY 

read  aloud  the  Declaration  of  Independence?  Then 
tell  the  Admiral  Sampson  story.  And  then  ask  how 
many  would  be  willing  to  try  to  save  an  enemy? 
What  next?  All  resolve  to  be  good  Christians  and 
good  citizens.  Then  one  and  all  sing  "America," 
and  close  with  three  cheers  for  the  Fourth. 


135 


I 


Twenty-seven 
THE    WHITE    STONE 

"With  the  point  of  a  diamond." — Jeremiah  17:1. 

T  has  been  forty-one  years,  July  13,  1871,  since 
the  discovery  of  diamonds  in  South  Africa.  Do 
you  know  how  these  great  mines  were  discovered? 
A  trader  stopping  over  night  with  a  Dutch  farmer 
saw  the  children  playing  with  bright  marbles.  The 
trader  took  the  white  stones  to  Cape  Town  and  found 
they  were  diamonds  of  wonderful  beauty  and  great 
value.  In  these  forty-one  years  about  eleven  tons  of 
diamonds  have  been  taken  from  the  Kimberly  mines. 
Think  of  eleven  tons  of  diamonds,  like  eleven  tons  of 
coal,  being  dumped  into  your  cellar. 

Have  you  a  diamond?  If  not,  do  you  want  one? 
"Sure!"  That  is  the  answer  I  expected.  But  I  am 
not  sure  that  you  would  be  really  happy  if  you  had 
a  dozen  diamonds.  Last  year  a  little  child  in  Jersey 
City  had  two  hundred  diamonds,  worth  a  hundred 
thousand  dollars,  but  they  did  not  make  him  happy. 
You  could  have  bought  them  all  for  a  small  drum 
and  a  tin  horn.     The  father  found  them  and  not 

136 


THE   WHITE   STONE 

knowing  their  value  gave  them  to  his  boy  for  play- 
things. The  child  threw  them  away.  In  1727  the 
people  of  Brazil  used  diamonds,  white  stones,  as 
counters  in  playing  games.  In  Khorasan,  in  1823, 
Abas  Mirza  purchased  for  a  trifle  a  132-karat  dia- 
mond from  a  peasant  who  was  using  it  as  a  flint  for 
striking  fire.  You  would  enjoy  a  diamond,  but  it 
would  not  make  you  really  happy.  Why?  Because 
there  is  something  making  you  unhappy  that  these 
diamonds  can  not  take  away.  The  Diamond  Com- 
pany of  South  Africa  has  a  large  room  literally 
heaped  with  diamonds  that  looks  like  an  Arabian 
Nights  vision.  But  if  you  had  all  these  and  all  the 
other  diamonds  in  the  world  you  could  not  purchase 
forgiveness  of  your  sins. 

Your  text  says  the  sin  of  Judah  was  written  with 
a  pen  of  iron  and  with  the  point  of  a  diamond.  It 
is  sin  that  makes  you  unhappy.  Sin  can  be  written 
with  a  diamond,  but  it  can  not  be  taken  away  with 
a  diamond.  The  text  means  that  just  as  the  old 
engravers  used  a  pencil  of  iron  with  a  diamond  point 
for  writing  messages  that  were  to  endure,  so  God 
wrote  the  sin  of  the  sinners.  Did  you  hear  where 
they  were  written?  Written  on  their  hearts.  Does 
this   mean   that   the  Juniors  have   records  of  their 

137 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

sins  written  on  their  own  hearts?  Then  each  Junior 
is  a  page  in  God's  book  of  remembrance.  What  a 
wonderful  book !  Ask  your  father  to  tell  you  about 
the  loose  leaf  books  and  ledgers.  The  page  that  can 
be  put  in  or  taken  out  without  destroying  the  book. 
Every  time  you  see  a  diamond  just  think  of  one  in 
the  point  of  an  iron  pen  writing  the  sins  on  the  heart 
of  the  sinners. 

Is  there  no  way  to  get  the  record  of  sin  taken  off 
your  heart?  The  story  of  another  white  stone  will 
answer  your  question.  God  so  loved  us  that  he  sent 
His  Son  to  purchase  with  His  own  life  the  forgiveness 
of  our  sins.  Christ  takes  the  sin  leaf  out  of  your 
heart-book  and  nails  it  to  His  cross.  Ask  mother 
to  tell  you  all  about  it.  When  your  sins  are  for- 
given and  you  fight  against  sin  and  conquer,  God 
says  he  will  give  you  "a  white  stone,  and,  in  the 
stone  a  new  name  written."  See  Rev.  2:17.  This 
white  stone  with  the  new  name  will  make  you  happy. 
The  only  white  stone  that  can  make  any  one  really 
happy.  This  White  Stone  was  discovered  on  Calvary 
twenty  centuries  ago. 

You  want  me  to  tell  you  a  diamond  story?  You 
shall  have  it,  if  I  can  tell  one  that  will  help  you  to 
remember  the  sermon. 

133 


THE  WHITE   STONE 

The  day's  work  at  the  mine  was  over  and  Fred- 
erick Wells,  the  surface  manager,  was  making  his 
usual  rounds.  Glancing  along  one  side  of  the  deep 
excavation  his  eye  suddenly  caught  the  gleam  of  a 
brilliant  object  far  up  the  bank.  He  lost  no  time 
in  climbing  up  to  the  spot  where  he  had  noted  the 
glint  of  light.  He  had  not  been  mistaken:  it  was  a 
brilliant  crystal.  He  tried  to  pull  it  out  with  his 
fingers,  and  as  this  proved  impossible  he  sought  to 
pry  it  out  with  the  blade  of  his  pen-knife.  To  his 
surprize  the  blade  of  the  knife  broke  without  causing 
the  stone  to  yield.  Then  he  knew  it  was  a  large  stone. 
So  large  and  brilliant  was  the  stone  that  he  feared 
he  was  either  dreaming  or  was  insane. 

Determined  to  test  the  stone  on  the  spot,  before 
proceeding  further,  Wells  rubbed  off  the  dirt  from 
one  of  its  faces  with  his  fingers,  and  soon  convinced 
himself  that  it  was  not  a  lump  of  glass,  but  a  dia- 
mond, apparently  of  exceptional  whiteness  and 
purity.  He  finally  succeeded  in  prying  out  the  stone 
and  bore  it  away  with  him  to  the  office  of  the  mine. 
Here  it  was  cleaned  and,  to  the  astonishment  of  all, 
was  found  to  have  a  weight  of  302%  carats,  more 
than  three  times  that  of  any  other  diamond  that 
had  been  discovered.     Before  many  hours  passed  the 

139 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

telegraph  carried  tidings  to  all  parts  of  the  world 
that  the  greatest  diamond  of  this  age  or  any  other 
age  had  been  brought  to  light.  T.  M.  Cullinan, 
founder  and  chairman  of  the  Premier  Company, 
named  the  diamond  after  himself;  others  have  called 
it  the  Premier  and  several  different  names  have  been 
proposed.  It  was  purchased  and  presented  to  King 
Edward  VII.  He  has  passed  to  a  country  to  which 
he  could  not  take  this  almost  priceless  white  stone. 
When  dying  he  said:  "It  is  all  over,  but  I  think  I 
have  done  my  duty."  We  all  hope  he  had  the  "white 
stone  with  the  new  name,"  the  only  white  stone  he 
could  take  with  him  beyond  his  palace  in  London. 


140 


Twenty-eight 
SUPERSTITION    AND    ST.    SWITHIN 

"Their   own  superstition.'' — Acts   25:19. 

QUPERSTITION  is  a  long  word.  You  can  not 
^  cut  it  with  your  knife,  but  if  you  have  a  keen 
edge  on  your  brain  you  can  divide  it  into  two  words. 
The  first  half  is  the  Latin  word  "super,"  meaning 
over,  and  the  second  half  is  "stare,"  meaning  to 
stand.  Superstition  is  something  that  has  been  left 
to  stand  over.  If  a  box  came  to  you  and  you  did 
not  know  it  was  candy  you  might  let  it  stand  over 
until  it  spoiled.  Superstition  is  a  truth  that  people 
do  not  understand  and  let  stand  over  until  it  spoils. 
Spoiled  truth  is  superstition. 

St.  Swithin  was  Bishop  of  Winchester.  Many 
superstitions  are  mixed  with  his  name  and  fame.  He 
died  in  862.  When  dying,  he  requested  that  his 
body  be  buried  in  the  churchyard.  The  legend  says 
that  one  hundred  years  afterward,  when  the  monks 
on  July  15  took  up  his  body  to  deposit  it  in  the 

141 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Cathedral,  they  were  delayed  by  a  violent  rain.  The 
reason  for  the  rain  was  not  explained  and  was  left 
to  "stand  over"  until  it  became  a  superstition.  Peo- 
ple came  to  believe  that  the  rain  was  sent  to  prevent 
the  monks  from  taking  his  body  from  the  place  where 
he  wanted  it  to  rest.  There  are  foolish  and  super- 
stitious people  to-day  who  say  if  it  rains  on  St. 
Swithin's  Day,  July  15,  it  will  rain  for  forty  days. 
Your  teacher  will  explain  to  you  that  we  expect  con- 
siderable rain  about  July  15,  at  what  is  called  the 
"summer  solstice."  If  the  monks  had  known  the  rain 
was  the  result  of  God's  laws,  they  would  have  waited 
until  the  rain  was  over  before  lifting  the  body.  Then 
there  would  have  been  no  superstition  about  it. 

This  year  St.  Swithin's  Day  comes  on  Monday. 
If  it  came  on  Friday  we  would  have  another  super- 
stition. Some  time  in  the  past  something  happened 
on  Friday.  It  was  not  explained,  but  was  left  over 
until  it  spoiled,  or  became  a  superstition.  It  is  a 
sin  to  injure  Friday,  as  it  has  been  a  great  day  in 
our  history.  America  was  discovered  on  Friday, 
the  Mayflower  landed  at  our  shores  on  Friday.  The 
Declaration  of  Independence  was  signed  on  Friday, 
and  George  Washington  was  born  on  Friday.  It  is 
a  sin   and   a  shame  to  leave  some   facts   "standing 

142 


SUPERSTITION   AND   ST.    SWITHIN 

over"  until  they  spoil  and  leave  their  odor  to  spoil 
the  reputation  of  a  good  day. 

Let  me  give  3'ou  one  rule  for  destroying  supersti- 
tion. It  is  the  rule  of  God.  Our  God  rules  all 
things;  He  rules  "13"  and  "Friday."  When  we 
"knock  wood"  we  are  striking  at  the  rule  of  God. 
The  Greek  word,  superstition,  in  our  text,  means 
"reverence  of  demons.  "  When  you  lose  the  rule  of 
God  you  are  in  danger  of  taking  the  rule  of  demons. 
Superstition  is  the  rule  of  demons.  If  you  are 
tempted  to  be  superstitious  just  say:  "It  is  God's 
'13.'  It  is  God's  'Friday.'  "  God,  like  salt,  cures 
things  that  are  left  over  to  decay. 

Do  you  really  want  a  story  about  superstition? 
Here  it  is: 

"Listen,"  said  Ned,  as  he  stood  in  the  farmhouse 
door  with  Uncle  Horace. 

It  was  an  early  autumn  morning.  Across  the  field, 
clear  and  cheery,  sounded  once  and  again  the  whistle 
of  a  quail. 

"Do  you  hear  that?"  asked  Ned;  "that  is  an  old 
quail  who  has  raised  her  family  in  the  north  pasture 
this  summer.  "Hear  her  now!"  as  the  call  rang 
out  again  in  the  quiet  air. 

"If  you   were  a  French  instead  of  an  American 
143 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

boy,"  said  Uncle  Horace,  "you  would  have  a  super- 
stition about  the  quail." 

"Why?" 

"Because  in  France  they  think,  or  at  least  say, 
that  the  number  of  calls  of  the  quail  foretells  the 
price  of  wheat."  They  think  that  if  the  quail  calls 
twice  without  resting,  the  farmers  need  expect  but 
two  francs  (about  forty  cents)  a  bushel  for  their 
wheat;  but  if  he  calls  four  times  it  will  be  twice  that." 

"How  very  odd!     Do  you  believe  it?" 

Uncle  Horace  laughed.  "I  don't,  Ned,  any  more 
than  I  believe  that  the  white  rooster  crowing  so  loud 
on  the  fence  there  is  a  bird  of  'ill  omen.'  " 

"Surely  no  one  thinks  that,"  protested  Ned. 

"Yes,  indeed,  in  many  parts  of  Saxony  the  peasants 
will  not  raise  chickens  at  all,  even  tho  they  are  poor 
and  could  sell  the  eggs  at  a  good  price;  because,  as 
I  have  said,  they  call  the  cock  the  'bird  of  ill  omen.'  " 

"Is  not  that  what  they  call  a  superstition?"  asked 
Ned. 

"Yes,  some  fact  they  did  not  understand  was  left 
over  to  spoil." 

"Let  me  tell  you  a  pretty  name  the  Swedish  people 
have  for  the  turtle  dove." 

"What  is  the  name,  Uncle?" 
144 


SUPERSTITION   AND   ST.   SWITHIN 

"They  call  it  'God's  bird,'  because  God  used  it  to 
help  Noah  out  of  the  ark." 

"That  is  certainly  a  very  pretty  name,"  said  Ned. 
"Now  I  am  going  to  the  barn  to  get  some  wheat  to 
feed  God's  birds." 

"Yes,"  said  Ned's  mother,  who  from  the  dining- 
room  had  been  listening  to  Ned  and  his  uncle,  "if 
you  put  God  into  your  thought  and  into  your  stories 
there  will  be  no  superstitions." 


145 


Y 


Twenty-nine 
THE    PASSWORD 

"A  great  door  is  opened." — I  Corinthians  16:9. 

OUR  first  name  was  "I."  When  you  came  into 
this  world  you  looked  up  as  tho  you  wanted  to 
say,  "I  am  here!"  That  was  the  password  and  it 
opened  the  door  of  your  mother's  heart.  The  little 
long  word  "cry"  was  for  several  months  your  best 
password.  It  was  like  a  night  key  and  opened  the 
door  of  mother's  sleep.  A  small  boy  in  Boston  went 
to  his  father's  library  and  found  "I"  was  the  pass- 
word. He  was  in  a  great  hurry  and  when  he  found 
the  great  door  was  locked  began  to  shout,  "Let  me 
in !"  His  father  said,  "For  whom  am  I  to  open  the 
door?"  The  boy  answered,  "It  is  me,  Harry."  The 
father  answered,  "You  are  not  my  Harry;  he  would 
say,  'It  is  I.'  "  Not  until  Harry  said,  "It  is  I," 
would  his  father  open  the  door.  When  Harry  went 
to  college  he  joined  a  fraternity  and  received  another 
password.  After  he  graduated  and  went  into  busi- 
ness he  was  again  given  a  password.  This  pass- 
word was  "Honesty."     It  opened  many  great  doors 

146 


THE    PASSWORD 

for  him.     All  through  life  he  found  the  value  of  a 
password. 

Girls  need  a  password.  A  wise  mother  gives  her 
daughter  the  word  "Modesty."  Another  good  pass- 
word is  "On  time."  "Pure  heart"  opens  many  great 
doors.  It  is  a  splendid  password.  Will  each  Junior 
select  a  password  for  this  week  and  then  see  how 
many  doors  it  will  open? 

Here  are  six  letters :  T.  H.  I.  R.  S.  C.  Put  your 
brain  to  work  and  make  with  these  letters  a  good 
password  for  boys  and  girls.  Revelation  % :  17  tells 
you  something  about  the  secret  word  of  a  good  Chris- 
tian. This  word  will  open  all  of  the  great  doors  on 
earth.  It  will  open  the  door  of  your  tomb  and  the 
gates  of  heaven. 

Are  you  really  in  earnest?  Do  you  really  think 
you  can  put  the  letters  together  better  if  I  tell  you 
a  password  story?     Then  I  must  tell  you  the  story: 

One  bitter  winter's  night  a  little  Irish  lad  stood 
in  the  streets  of  Dublin,  homeless  and  friendless. 
Wicked  men  were  making  him  their  tool,  and  he  was 
even  then  waiting  to  help  in  a  crime.  In  the  dark- 
ness a  hand  was  laid  on  his  shoulder.  The  face  he 
could  not  see,  but  a  kind  voice  said,  "Boy,  what 
are  you  doing  here?     The  hour  is  late;  go  home, 

147 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

and  go  to  bed."  He  could  only  answer,  shivering, 
"I  have  no  home,  and  no  bed."  The  kind  voice  asked, 
"Where  is  your  father?" 

"My  father  went  to  America,  and  my  mother  is 
dead." 

"Poor  fellow !  Would  you  go  to  a  home  if  I  sent 
you?" 

"Indeed  I  would." 

"Well,  then  go  to  such  a  street  and  number,  ring 
at  the  gate  and  give  them  the  pass." 

"The  pass?     What's  that,  sir?" 

"The  word  that  will  let  you  in.  Remember  the 
pass  is  John  3:16.  Don't  forget,  or  you  can't  get 
in.     John  3:16." 

The  boy  ran  to  the  place.  Timidly  he  rang  the 
bell  at  the  iron  gates.  A  gruff  porter  opened. 
"Who's  there?" 

"It  is  Jack  Devonshire."  Then  all  was  quiet,  there 
was  no  answer  and  the  iron  gate  did  not  open.  Jack 
started  away  thinking  some  one  had  been  making  fun 
of  him.  A  voice  that  seemed  to  come  from  nowhere 
and  was  softer  than  a  whisper  said:  "Your  pass- 
word, John  3:16."  Again  he  rang  the  bell  and  said: 
"Please  sir,  I'm  John  Three  Sixteen."  In  a  moment 
the  great  gate  was  wide  open. 

148 


THE    PASSWORD 

"All  right,"  said  the  porter,  "you've  got  the  pass." 

Presently  he  found  himself  in  a  warm  bed,  the  best 
he  had  ever  known.  Before  going  to  sleep,  he 
thought,  "That's  a  lucky  name.  I'll  stick  to  it." 
In  the  morning  he  had  a  warm  breakfast  before  being 
sent  out  on  the  street.  Tho  he  did  not  know  it,  God 
was  leading  him.  Through  suffering  and  sorrow  he 
was  to  realize  the  blest  meaning  of  his  password. 
Crossing  a  crowded  street  he  was  run  over,  picked  up 
unconscious,  and  taken  to  the  hospital.  Soon  fever 
and  delirium  set  in.  In  ringing  tones  he  said  over 
and  over  "John  3:16.  It  was  to  do  me  good,  and 
so  it  has!  My  name  is  John  3: 16;  please  open  the 
gate." 

The  words  were  heard  all  over  the  ward.  Testa- 
ments were  pulled  out  to  find  what  he  meant.  So 
it  came  about  that  one  and  another  read  the  words. 
And  as  they  read  it,  they  could  hear  the  sick  boy 
crying,  "It  was  to  do  me  good,  and  so  it  has !"  The 
Holy  Spirit  used  the  words  and  souls  were  saved 
then  and  there.  After  a  while  the  lad's  senses  re- 
turned. A  voice  from  the  next  bed  said,  "Well, 
John  3:16,  how  are  you  to-day?" 

"How  do  you  know  my  name?" 

"Know  it?  You've  never  ceased  telling  us.  Blest 
149 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

John  3:16!  It's  from  the  Bible,"  the  voice  went  on; 
"blest  Bible!" 

"Bible?    What's  that?" 

The  poor  little  waif  drank  in  the  answer.  The 
verse  was  read  to  him,  and  he  said,  "That's  beautiful ; 
it's  all  about  love,  and  not  a  home  for  a  night,  but 
a  home  for  always!"  Jack  Devonshire  was  a  name 
given  to  him  in  the  orphan  asylum,  and  he  threw  it 
away  with  his  old  ragged  clothes.  With  a  new  suit 
of  clean  warm  clothes  he  took  his  new  name  and 
always  kept  it.  It  was  John  Three  Sixteen.  Friends 
gave  him  an  education,  and  he  grew  up  to  a  career  of 
great  usefulness.  He  found  the  great  word  in 
T.  H.  I.  R.  S.  C. 


150 


Thirty 
THE    LITTLE    WINDOW    DOOR 

"He  that  entereth  not  by  the  door." — John  10:1. 

WHY  do  you  have  a  front  door  in  your  home? 
I  hear  Ben  say:  "Foolish  question  number 
ten."  Would  not  a  back  door  do  just  as  well  as  a 
front  door?  You  say  "No,"  because  your  friends  do 
not  come  in  that  way.  Would  you  laugh  if  I  talked 
about  a  door  in  the  roof?  In  a  few  years  many  of 
your  homes  will  have  a  door  in  the  roof.  The  maid 
will  hear  the  horn,  and  up  in  the  elevator  she  will 
go  to  open  the  roof-door.  Friends  in  an  aeroplane 
have  dropt  down  for  a  call.  Father  will  say,  "Fasten 
your  machine  to  the  chimney  and  stay  for  dinner." 
We  shall  keep  the  front  door,  as  the  old  folks  will 
come  later  in  an  automobile  and  the  little  boys  and 
girls  will  run  in  that  way  from  school. 

There  is  one  person  who  does  not  come  into  the 
home  through  any  door.  He  entereth  not  by  the  door, 
but  climbs  up  some  other  way.  He  does  not  blow  a 
horn,  nor  ring  a  bell,  nor  send  in  his  card.   The  Bible 

151 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

calls  him  a  thief.  He  is  not  a  friend,  but  an  enemy, 
and  wants  to  get  in  and  get  out  before  you  know  it. 
The  months  of  July  and  August  are  not  his  vacation 
time.  He  prefers  to  call  when  we  are  away  or  fast 
asleep. 

Have  you  ever  thought  of  your  body  as  a  home 
with  doors  through  which  your  friends  come  in  to 
visit  you?  Your  ears  are  doors,  your  eyes  are  win- 
dows. Hearing,  seeing,  smelling,  tasting,  touching, 
these  are  all  doors  in  your  house.  Try  and  count 
how  many  callers  and  visitors  come  each  day  to  talk 
with  you.  Are  you  guarding  every  door  so  as  to 
keep  the  thief  out?  The  thief  who  wants  to  steal 
your  good  name,  to  steal  your  pure  thought,  to  steal 
your  character.  But  'thieves  do  not  always  come 
in  through  the  door.  They  get  in  some  other  way. 
There  is  a  thief  called  sin  and  some  of  us  believe  he 
got  in  before  the  house  was  finished.  This  thief  got 
into  the  garden  of  Eden.  Possibly  he  got  in  before 
the  garden  was  fenced.  He  came  in  the  form  of  a 
serpent.  He  is  in  your  body,  or  house.  How  are  yon 
to  get  him  out  ?     Listen  ! 

"A  great  and  deadly  serpent  entered  into  a  house 
and  made  its  abode  in  a  hole  in  the  wall.  The  family 
was  greatly  alarmed,  and  the  neighbors  came  run- 

152 


THE    LITTLE    WINDOW    DOOR 

ning  to  know  what  was  the  matter.  'A  snake,  a 
deadly  snake,  has  come  here  to  live !  Oh,  what  shall 
we  do?'  Said  one,  'Have  the  house  thoroughly  white- 
washed.' Said  another,  'Have  it  painted,  too,  and 
send  for  a  carpenter  to  mend  all  the  doors  and  win- 
dows.' Said  a  third,  'Send  for  a  teacher  who  will 
tell  you  how  to  be  good  moral  people.'  'Well,  the 
house  was  whitewashed  and  painted,  and  the  teacher 
told  them  how  to  be  moral,  and  the  family,  feeling 
safe,  ate,  drank,  and  slept  in  the  house  in  peace. 
About  a  month  afterward,  one  dark  night,  when  all 
were  asleep,  the  snake  came  out  of  his  hole  and  bit 
the  father  and  he  died.  Two  nights  after  the  reptile 
bit  the  son,  and  he  also  died.'"' 

Juniors,  do  you  know  the  meaning  of  this  parable? 
The  house  is  the  boy,  the  hole  in  the  inner  wall  is 
the  heart,  the  serpent  is  sin.  By  all  your  washings 
and  daubings  and  trying  to  be  good  you  will  no 
more  get  sin  out  of  your  heart  than  they  get  the 
serpent  out  of  that  house  by  lime  and  paint.  Christ 
is  the  only  remedy.  Believe  in  Christ  and  He  will 
take  sin  from  your  heart. 

But  we  have  talked  long  enough  about  doors,  win- 
dows and  snakes.  I  am  going  to  tell  you  a  story. 
Evelyn  and  her  mamma  went  to  Grandma  Stone's 

153 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

and  Evelyn  was  left  in  the  library  alone.  There 
were  some  beautiful  flowers  on  the  table.  "I  wish 
I  had  just  one  bloom  to  take  home,"  she  said  to 
herself;  "grandma's  sick  upstairs,  anyhow,  and  I 
know  Robert  don't  ever  care  to  smell  'em."  Robert 
was  the  colored  butler.  Evelyn  put  out  her  little 
hand,  and  the  white  blossom  was  in  great  danger, 
but  a  sound  in  the  hall  startled  her;  she  dropt  back 
on  the  sofa  and  mamma  came  in. 

How  quickly  mothers  do  see  things !  There  was  a 
look  in  Evelyn's  eye  that  told  this  mother  the  whole 
story,  but  she  didn't  say  anything  about  it  at  first. 
She  put  on  the  little  girl's  coat  and  hat,  and  they 
set  out  for  home. 

"Once  there  was  a  band  of  robbers,"  said  mamma, 
"and  they  came  to  a  castle  by  night  and  tried  to 
break  in;  but  the  walls  were  strong  and  the  door 
was  tight,  and  they  could  not  get  in.  Presently 
one  of  them  found  a  tiny  little  window  unbarred,  and 
so  small  that  he  could  only  thrust  his  head  in.  What 
did  they  do?  Why,  they  found  a  little  boy,  and 
they  put  him  through  the  narrow  window,  and  he 
unlocked  the  big  window,  and  so  all  the  robbers  got 
into  the  castle." 

"Is  that  all  the  story,  mamma?" 
154 


THE    LITTLE    WINDOW    DOOR 

"That  is  not  quite  all.  The  rest  is  to  show  what 
it  means.  When  a  little  girl  does  something  that 
seems  a  little  wrong — only  a  very  little  wrong,  in- 
deed, like  pulling  grandma's  flowers  without  leave — 
that  is  like  putting  the  little  thief  inside  the  castle. 
The  little  wrong  makes  it  easier  to  do  a  bigger  and 
bigger  wrong.  The  only  safe  thing  is  to  keep  the 
little  window  shut  and  not  open  it  to  any  little  wrong- 
doing, however  small." 

"He  that  entereth  not  by  the  door  into  the  sheep- 
fold,  but  climbeth  up  some  other  way,  the  same  is  a 
thief  and  a  robber.  But  he  that  entereth  in  by  the 
door  is  the  shepherd  of  the  sheep.  To  him  the  porter 
openeth." 


155 


V 


Thirty-one 
AUGUST    IN    EARNEST 

He   that   keepeth   thee  will  not  slumber." — Psalm   121:3. 
ACATION  in  earnest  should  be  your  motto  for 


August.  Leave  all  your  school  books  and  school 
work  at  home.  Leave  all  your  school  troubles 
and  all  your  other  troubles  in  the  cellar.  Surely 
they  can  get  along  one  month  without  being 
nursed  in  your  heart.  Leave  your  bad  temper  and 
the  temper  that  is  not  quite  so  bad  at  home.  One 
month  without  getting  angry !  Long  enough  to 
learn  how  it  feels  and  not  long  enough  for  wings  to 
grow.  Leave  all  self-ish-ness  at  home.  Just  try  to 
see  how  much  you  can  do  to  make  others  happy. 
Find  out  how  many  things  you  can  cheerfully  give 
to  others,  when  you  want  them  yourself.  Anger, 
worry,  anxiety,  irritability,  envy,  jealousy,  leave  all 
in  the  attic.  Ask  your  older  brother  or  sister  to 
tell  you  what  a  hobby  is.  If  you  have  one  leave 
it  at  home.  Home,  home,  restful  home!  There  is 
no  place  like  home  for  a  hobby  when  you  are  away 

156 


AUGUST   IN   EARNEST 

on  a  vacation.  Do  not  put  camphor  balls  in  the 
pockets  of  these  faults.  Do  not  brush  them  and  put 
them  away  carefully  in  a  moth  bag.  Hang  them  in 
a  dark  wardrobe  for  moth-nests. 

If  you  will  leave  these  articles  at  home  there  will  be 
room  in  the  trunk  of  your  body  for  something  you 
should  take.  Count  your  blessings  one  by  one  and 
take  them  all  with  you.  If  you  know  how  to  laugh 
until  your  lungs  are  filled  with  fresh  air  and  sun- 
shine take  the  laugh  with  you. 

There  is  one  great  comfort  that  many  good  people 
leave  at  home.  This  you  should  take  with  you.  Can 
you  guess  what  it  is?  It  is  your  religion.  God  is 
everywhere.  Religion  is  a  vacation.  In  it  you  find 
the  real  rest  from  the  burdens  and  bruises  of  sin. 
Take  your  memory  with  you  and  "Remember  the 
Sabbath  Day,  to  keep  it  holy."  There  are  unseen 
dangers  in  your  pathway  and  there  are  more  of  them 
in  vacation  tramps  than  you  will  find  in  any  other 
part  of  the  year.  You  will  need  some  one  to  watch 
over  you.     "He  that  keepeth  thee  will  not  slumber." 

Dr.  Francis  Clark  tells  an  interesting  story  of  a 
Junior  living  in  Maine  who  was  out  in  the  woods 
one  day  during  his  vacation  with  a  camera  taking 
photographs  of  attractive  bits  of  scenery.     He  came 

15T 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

upon  the  mouth  of  a  little  cavern  between  the  rocks, 
and  he  said  to  himself,  "I  will  see  what  sort  of  a 
picture  I  can  get  out  of  that  cave,"  and  as  it  was  a 
dark  day  he  decided  to  take  a  "time  exposure"  in- 
stead of  a  "snap  shot."  Steadying  the  camera  upon 
his  knee  as  well  as  he  could  at  the  edge  of  the  cave, 
he  gave  the  sensitive  plate  a  long,  deliberate  look  at 
the  semi-darkness  within.  Then  he  continued  his 
tramp  through  the  woods,  and  after  a  few  hours 
returned  to  his  camp. 

Several  weeks  afterward,  when  developing  his 
plates,  you  can  imagine  his  astonishment  to  see  in 
the  picture,  in  the  very  center  of  the  cavern,  with 
arched  back  and  bristling  fur,  and  within  springing 
distance  of  the  spot  where  he  had  balanced  his  camera, 
a  huge  Canada  lynx,  that  might  easily  have  torn 
his  eyes  out  or  destroyed  his  life.  And  yet  he  came 
and  went  and  saw  no  signs  of  danger. 

How  splendid  the  promise,  "He  that  keepeth  thee 
will  not  slumber."  Almost  I  can  hear  you  say,  "I 
will  not  go  into  the  woods  alone;  surely  I  know 
enough  to  keep  out  of  dark  caves."  Good  for  you ! 
But  there  are  some  other  dangers  you  may  not  have 
thought  about.  More  of  the  members  of  my  Junior 
Congregation  have  been  sick  during  and  after  vaca- 

158 


AUGUST  IN  EARNEST 

tion  than  at  any  other  time  of  the  year.  Your  pastor 
believes  that  while  you  should  be  watchful  and  care- 
ful yet  you  need  to  ask  God  every  day  and  every 
hour  to  watch  over  you  and  to  care  for  you.  There 
are  dangers  that  even  mother  does  not  see.  After 
I  tell  you  a  story  you  can  think  about  unseen  and 
unknown  dangers. 

A  beautiful  child  went  to  a  photographer  to  sit 
for  a  picture.  After  the  sitting,  the  man  retired  to 
examine  the  plate.  He  was  greatly  puzzled  upon 
developing  the  picture  in  the  chemical  bath,  by  the 
appearance  of  a  number  of  dark  spots  on  the  face, 
altho  not  the  least  trace  of  blemish  could  be  detected 
on  the  face  of  the  child.  The  next  day  the  explana- 
tion came.  The  spots  then  became  distinctly  visible. 
The  child  had  contracted  smallpox,  and  soon  died. 
The  faint  yellow  spots,  before  they  could  be  detected 
by  the  naked  eye,  were  faithfully  portrayed  by  the 
searching  and  pure  rays  of  the  sun.  The  photograph 
revealed  them. 

But,  you  say,  we  will  keep  away  from  any  one 
who  has  smallpox.  There  is  something  more  dan- 
gerous than  smallpox,  and  more  difficult  to  keep  away 
from.  What  can  it  be?  Evil  thoughts  are  more 
dangerous   than   the   germs   of   smallpox,   and   it   is 

159 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

difficult  for  you  to  keep  away  from  them.  They 
destroy  the  soul.  The  soul  is  covered  with  the  spots 
before  they  show  on  the  face.  God  sees  them,  has 
a  photograph  of  them,  before  you  or  your  parents 
know  they  are  there.  They  may  develop  while  you 
are  asleep.  The  first  spot  is  on  the  heart.  It  is 
not  enough  to  have  a  beautiful  face;  the  heart  must 
be  pure.  During  vacation  you  can  not  select  com- 
panions as  carefully  as  you  can  at  home.  "Be  not 
deceived:  Evil  communications  corrupt  good  man- 
ners." 

August  in  earnest!  Vacation  in  earnest!  Your 
whole  life  in  earnest!  Guard  your  life  against  seen 
and  unseen  dangers.  Ask  God  who  never  slumbers  to 
help  you  day  and  night. 


160 


Thirty-two 
VACATION    REST,    WITH    A    THREAD 

"Rest  a  while."— Mark  6:31. 

"T   CAN'T  do  this  sum,"  said  Hal.    "I've  tried  and 

*■•    tried,  and  I  can't  get  the  answer." 

"How  many  times  have  you  tried  it?"  asked  his 
mamma. 

"Three  times." 

"Well,  you  go  out  and  ride  your  tricycle  around 
the  house  ten  times,  as  fast  as  you  can,  and  then  come 
in  and  try  three  times  more." 

Out  dashed  Hal,  and  soon  came  in  again,  his 
cheeks  glowing.  "I  tell  you  it's  splendid  out,"  he 
said,  "the  fresh  air  is  so  good,  and  I've  thought  of 
the  way  to  do  that  sum,  too." 

"Got  the  answer — hurrah!"  Hal  shouted,  after  a 
few  minutes. 

"I  thought  your  brains  only  needed  a  little  shak- 
ing up,"  said  the  wise  mamma.  The  request  of  our 
text,  "rest  a  while,"  was  given  by  one  who  is  even 
wiser  and  kinder  than  a  mother. 

ltii 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

The  disciples  had  been  working  very  hard.  They 
were  in  what  is  called  "the  school  of  Christ."  They 
were  studying  how  to  work  with  Him  and  for  Him. 
They  had  some  very  difficult  problems.  "They  had 
no  leisure  so  much  as  to  eat."  Christ  saw  they 
were  tired,  too  tired  to  study  their  lessons,  so  he 
said,  "Come  with  me  to  a  quiet  place  and  rest  a 
while."  What  did  they  do?  They  rested  by  study- 
ing a  new  problem.  Read  the  story,  Mark  6 :  30-44, 
and  you  will  learn  how  they  were  "shaken  up"  by  a 
new  lesson. 

Vacation  is  a  "shaking  up"  time.  The  body  needs 
shaking  up.  Romp  and  run,  shout  and  sing,  sleep 
and  snore,  wake  and  walk,  eat  and  exercise,  lounge 
and  laugh.  Play  in  the  hay,  wade  in  the  water,  and 
tramp  miles  with  the  men  when  they  go  fishing  and 
hunting.  The  brain  needs  a  "shaking  up."  Find 
something  to  think  about  when  you  are  out.  Study 
the  stars,  read  lessons  from  leaves  of  the  tree,  study 
birds  in  place  of  books,  find  new  books  in  running 
brooks,  train  your  brain.  The  soul  needs  "shaking 
up."  See  God  in  every  thing  that  is  good.  Sing 
"The  Lord  is  my  shepherd,"  when  you  are  watching 
the  sheep.  Find  sermons  in  stones.  "Behold  the 
fowls  of  the  air,  for  they  sow  not,  neither  do  they 

162 


VACATION   REST,   WITH   A   THREAD 

reap,  nor  gather  into  barns,  yet  your  heavenly 
Father  feedeth  them.  Are  ye  not  much  better  than 
they?"  The  birds  will  teach  you  how  God  cares  for 
you.  "Consider  the  lilies  of  the  field,  how  they  grow ; 
they  toil  not,  neither  do  they  spin.  And  yet  I  say 
unto  you,  that  even  Solomon  in  all  his  glory  was 
not  arrayed  like  one  of  these."  Here  you  find  a  soul 
lesson  from  the  lily.  Recreation  means  re-creation, 
made  over  again.  A  shaking  up  of  your  life  and 
starting  it  along  new  paths.  The  best  vacation  is 
found  in  a  variety,  in  something  new  and  true. 

Now  I  hear  many  of  my  Juniors  say,  "We  do 
not  go  away  during  our  school  vacation.  We  stay 
at  home  all  the  time.  There  is  nothing  new  to  see 
at  home.  How  can  we  find  something  new  to  keep 
us  from  getting  blue?"  Possibly  you  could  find 
something  new  and  true  not  very  far  from  home. 
You  may  find  some  plan  for  a  "shaking  up"  in  the 
summer  shadow  of  your  old  home.  Will  this  state- 
ment interest  you  ? 

Agassiz  tells  us  that  he  spent  an  entire  summer 
exploring  his  back  yard.  A  merchant  sent  him  a 
check  for  $1,000  and  invited  him  to  take  a  trip  to 
Europe.  Agassiz  replied  that  he  was  too  busy  to  go 
to  Europe,  but  proposed  to  investigate  the  treasures 

163 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

of  his  kitchen  garden.  He  began  at  one  corner  of 
the  garden  and  found  a  little  stone  that  held  the 
outline  of  a  mollusk.  Close  beside  that  stone  was 
another  that  had  the  section  of  a  fern.  He  kept 
on,  working  across  the  garden,  and  after  three 
months,  by  the  first  of  September,  he  finally  reached 
the  opposite  corner  of  the  fence.  The  great  scientist 
kept  his  notes  and  wrote  out  his  studies  with  great 
care.  Later  he  published  his  vacation  travels  in  a 
garden  under  the  title  of  Elements  of  Zoology. 

You  can  not  shake  up  your  body,  mind  and  soul 
without  giving  them  something  to  do.  Too  many 
boys  and  girls  think  vacation  is  a  time  for  idleness. 
Idleness  can  not  live  without  his  friend  and  chum, 
laziness.  Doing  something,  doing  something,  doing 
something !  That  is  the  secret  of  successful  work  and 
play. 

Shall  I  tell  you  a  story  I  found  in  the  Friends  for 
Boys  and  Girls? 

"I  like  to  sew  when  there  is  no  thread  in  the  ma- 
chine, it  runs  so  easily,"  said  a  little  girl. 

A  good  many  people,  I  think,  are  rather  fond  of 
running  their  machine  without  thread. 

When  I  hear  a  boy  talking  very  largely  of  the 
grand  things  he  would  do  if  he  only  could,  and  if 

164 


VACATION    REST,   WITH   A   THREAD 

things  and  circumstances  were  only  different,  and 
then  neglecting  every  daily  duty,  and  avoiding  work 
and  lessons,  I  think  he  is  running  his  machine  with- 
out any  thread. 

When  I  see  a  girl  cross  and  disagreeable  in  her 
home,  playing  when  mother  is  working,  sleeping  in 
the  morning  when  she  ought  to  be  playing,  she,  too, 
is  running  her  machine  without  any  thread. 

Ah!  This  sewing  without  a  thread  is  very  easy 
indeed,  and  the  life  machine  will  make  a  great  buzz- 
ing, but  it  only  wears  out  the  machine.  Agassiz 
really  spent  his  vacation  playing  in  the  garden.  He 
kept  out  of  his  study,  away  from  his  books,  got  a 
good  shaking  up.  But  he  kept  a  thread  in  the 
machine  with  which  he  was  playing.  When  you  take 
your  vacation  do  not  forget  the  thread. 


165 


Thirty-three 
RAINDROPS    AND    THE    RAINBOW 

"The   bow  shall  be  in  the   cloud." — Genesis   9:16. 

"1  J  ACATION,  and  some  good  friend  may  take  you 
*  for  a  visit  to  Niagara  Falls.  There  is  a  beau- 
tiful story  I  want  you  to  read  while  you  are  at  the 
Falls.  I  think  the  story  came  from  the  Sunday 
School  Times,  but  am  not  certain  about  it.  Here 
it  is,  a  beautiful  story  about  a  few  raindrops: 

Years  and  years  ago,  up  in  Minnesota,  a  thou- 
sand miles  away,  I  came  down  from  heaven,  a  hand- 
ful of  raindrops,  just  as  pure  and  beautiful  and 
tiny  as  the  new  baby  in  its  mother's  arms.  As  I 
trickled  down  through  the  fields,  where  the  birds  sing 
and  the  grass  is  green,  I  just  sang  to  myself  for 
very  joy,  for  it  seemed  to  me  that  that  was  all  I  was 
made  for,  just  to  laugh  in  the  sunshine  and  play 
along  between  the  tiny  banks  of  the  little  stream  they 
call  the  St.  Louis  River.  But  pretty  soon  my  waters 
began  to  get  muddy. 

Oh,  I  wasn't  beautiful  at  all  then.  I  was  ugly, 
166 


RAINDROPS   AND  THE   RAINBOW 

just  as  ugly  as  boys  and  girls  when  they  have  gotten 
away  from  the  sweet  innocence  of  their  baby  days, 
and  their  hearts  have  been  all  roiled  up  with  bad 
words   and  bad  thoughts   and  bad  stories.     And   I 
wondered  how  I  was  ever  going  to  be  clean  again, 
and  then  one  day,  all  of  a  sudden,  I  took  an  awful 
plunge  and  went  down  and  down,  and  when  I  asked 
the  water  around  me,  for  there  was  lots  of  it,  oh, 
millions  and  millions  of  gallons — four  hundred  and 
twelve  miles   of  water   from   east   to   west — I   asked 
it  where  I  was,  and  it  said,  "You're  in  Lake  Supe- 
rior,"  and   as   I   went   down    lower   and   lower,    one 
thousand  feet  down  to  the  bottom   of  the  lake,   it 
got  cold,  almost  freezing,  thirty-nine  degrees  above 
zero,  and  I  said  to  myself,  "Well,  I  shall  never  see 
the  sun  again  or  be  warm  again,  or  be  happy  again." 
One  day  I  found  myself  going  up  until  I  did  see  the 
sun  and  was  just  as  warm  and  happy,  and  do  you 
know  I  was  not  dirty  any  more,  my  waters  were  just 
as  pure  and  clear  as  crystal.     Then  I  said,  "Oh,  I'm 
glad  that  I  lost  my  life  in  the  life  of  this  great  lake, 
and  that  I  went  down  so  low,  giving  up  everything, 
for    now    I'm    pure,"    and    I    thought     of    Jesus' 
words:    "Whosoever  shall  lose  his  life  for  my  sake 
and    the    Gospel's,    the    same   shall   save   it."      And 

167 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

I  was  content  to  stay  there — it  was  a  happy  life  and 
a  useful  one — for  great  ships,  carrying  eight  thou- 
sand tons  of  cargo,  steamed  back  and  forth  over 
me,  making  men  richer  and  homes  happier  and  chil- 
dren brighter. 

But  God  wouldn't  let  me  stay  there  in  Lake  Supe- 
rior, tho  I  was  happy  and  doing  lots  of  good,  so  I 
had  to  move  on,  just  the  way  people  do ;  you  have 
to  keep  changing  and  growing  old.  And  so  one  day 
I  had  to  leave  Lake  Superior  and  go  down  through 
the  St.  Mary's  River  and  the  great  locks  at  a  place 
they  call  the  "Soo."  I  thought  I  might  stay  there, 
because  I  was  very  useful.  They  carried  twenty-six 
million  tons  of  valuable  cargoes  through  me  every 
year,  more  than  all  that  passes  through  the  Suez 
Canal.  But  no,  I  had  to  leave  the  St.  Mary's  River 
and  Lake  Huron  and  Lake  Erie,  and,  oh,  it  was  a 
long,  long  journey,  and  my  life  dragged  out  some- 
times, for  it  is  very  tiresome  to  be  always  moving! 
And  sometimes  my  waters  that  were  so  pure  in  Lake 
Superior  got  dirty  again  and  finally  when  I  came 
to  Buffalo  I  was  awful  ugly — oh,  dirtier  than  ever 
I  had  been  back  in  the  little  St.  Louis  River !  There 
was  every  kind  of  dirt  on  me — oil,  and  coal  dust,  and 
sewage  from  the  city.     Oh,  it's  very  hard  to  keep 

168 


RAINDROPS   AND   THE   RAINBOW 

clean  when  you  go  through  cities,  for  thej  roil  you 
up,  and  put  bad  things  into  your  heart !  When  I 
came  by  Grand  Island  I  was  so  soiled  I  thought  I'd 
never  be  really  clean. 

And  then  one  day  I  began  to  be  whirled  along 
at  an  awful  pace — faster  than  a  horse  trots.  Then 
I  knew  something  terrible  was  going  to  happen !  It 
was  death,  the  water  said — a  great  plunge  off  into 
space — a  drop  of  one  hundred  and  sixty  feet,  clear 
out  of  sight.  I  did  not  want  to  take  that  awful  leap 
over  the  Falls,  for  the  trees  whispered  to  us  that 
the  river  fell  on  to  great  granite  boulders  with 
jagged  edges  that  broke  the  stream  into  millions 
of  millions  of  tiny  drops.  Oh,  it  was  death,  awful 
death,  and  no  wonder  I  fought  against  it !  If  you 
will  go  up  above  the  Falls  you  can  see  the  river 
fighting  hard  against  the  current.  That's  why  the 
waters  are  all  stirred  up  so,  for  nobody  likes  to  die, 
not  even  a  river. 

But  suddenly  I  took  the  plunge.  It  was  frightful ! 
Instead  of  a  river  I  was  then  a  great  cloud  of  spray, 
and  instead  of  being  ugly  and  dirty,  or  pale  and 
colorless,  I  was  all  colors  of  the  rainbow — the  most 
beautiful  sight  in  all  the  world.  Such  glory  that 
the  people  that  stood  on  the  long  bridge  shouted 

169 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

for  very  wonder  at  the  sight.  I  was  beautiful,  a  pure 
white  spray,  and  there  was  the  rainbow  of  God  arch- 
ing over  me.  And  then  I  was  glad  that  as  a  river 
I  had  died,  and  it  seemed  to  me  as  I  looked  in  the 
face  of  the  great  sun  that  I  heard  him  say,  "I  am 
the  Sun  of  Righteousness — I  am  the  Resurrection  and 
the  Life — he  that  believeth  in  me,  tho  he  die,  yet  he 
shall  live." 

Two  things  I  ask  my  Juniors  to  do  with  this  story. 
First,  trace  on  the  map  the  rivulet  and  the  river  until 
you  know  the  history  of  Niagara  Falls  from  the 
Raindrops  to  the  Rainbow.  The  knowledge  gained 
will  be  a  valuable  part  of  your  education  and  may 
be  of  value  to  you  in  some  school  examination. 
Second,  think  of  it  as  telling  the  story  of  your  life 
from  birth  to  death.  From  it  you  can  learn  the 
meaning  of  life  and  the  beauty  of  death. 


170 


Thirty-four 
LABOR    DAY 

"Six  days  shalt  thou  labor." — Exodus  20:9. 

rTlWO  thousand  work  horses  are  led  out  for  a 
■*•  parade  on  Memorial  Day.  This  special  day  is 
selected  so  that  the  thousands  of  people  on  the  street 
can  see  the  big,  strong,  long-suffering  work  horses. 
Race  horses,  high  steppers  and  black  beauties  are  not 
in  line.  The  work  horses  that  do  the  hard  work  and 
pull  until  they  strain  a  muscle  or  break  the  harness, 
have  the  right  of  way.  Why  do  they  have  this 
annual  parade?  The  Society  for  Prevention  of 
Cruelty  to  Animals  believes  that  when  the  people  see 
the  great  number  of  horses  that  do  our  hard  work 
and  have  not  time  for  high  stepping  they  will  have 
more  sympathy.  If  they  have  sympathy  for  the 
horses  they  will  see  that  they  are  better  cared  for. 
The  first  Monday  after  the  first  Sunday  in  Sep- 
tember is  Labor  Day.  This  is  a  day  when  the  work- 
ing men  parade.  High  steppers,  men  of  leisure,  and 
tramps  are  not  in  line.  Why  do  we  have  Labor  Day 
and  a  great  parade?     In  order  that  when  we  think 

171 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

of  the  laboring  man's  long  hours  and  hard  work  we 
may  have  more  sympathy  for  him.  Sympathy  will 
tell  us  to  do  all  we  can  to  make  the  hours  shorter, 
the  pay  longer  and  the  burdens  lighter.  Thirty 
thousand  of  our  workingmen  are  killed  every  year. 
One  immigrant  out  of  every  twenty  who  enters  Ellis 
Island  is  killed  the  first  year  he  is  in  America.  Some 
day  we  may  have  a  Society  for  Prevention  of  Cruelty 
to  Workingmen. 

Can  you  repeat  the  Fourth  Commandment?  "Re- 
member the  Sabbath  Day  to  keep  it  holy."  That  is, 
so  far,  correct.  One  day  for  rest — but  do  not  forget 
the  next  sentence,  the  one  so  many  overlook :  "Six 
days  shalt  thou  labor,  and  do  all  thy  work."  This 
Fourth  Commandment  tells  you  to  work  six  days  just 
as  clearly  as  it  commands  you  to  rest  one  day.  Are 
you  a  laborer?  Are  you  doing  something  that  tires 
you,  makes  you  feel  the  need  of  rest?  Then  you  are 
obeying  the  second  sentence  of  the  Fourth  Com- 
mandment. 

We  are  not  all  blacksmiths,  but  we  all  have  a  ham- 
mer and  an  anvil.  Your  school-room  is  an  anvil; 
your  text-book  is  a  hammer,  and  you  are  hammering 
into  your  brain  a  good  education.  Your  desk  is  an 
anvil;  your  pen  is  a  hammer,  and  on  paper  you  are 

172 


LABOR    DAY 

hammering  out  an  examination,  an  essay  or  an  ora- 
tion. The  intellect  sends  out  sparks,  thoughts  glow 
as  you  weld  them  together  into  sentences  and  para- 
graphs. 

Every  boy  and  girl,  every  man  and  woman,  every 
one  who  works,  has  a  hammer  and  an  anvil.  The 
man  who  digs  on  the  street,  the  man  who  sits  by 
the  desk,  the  woman  at  the  wash-tub  and  the  queen 
on  her  throne,  each  one  has  a  hammer  and  an  anvil. 
Labor  Day  teaches  us  to  respect  and  protect  every 
person  who  works. 

"Six  days  shalt  thou  labor."  Are  you  a  worker? 
Have  you  a  hammer  and  an  anvil?  Have  you  a  place 
in  the  parade  on  Labor  Day?  Why  do  you  bend 
your  finger  like  an  interrogation  point?  Asking  for 
a  story?  Very  well,  you  shall  have  a  story  written 
by  R.  E.  Wakefield: 

I  had  a  class  but  didn't  really  know  what  manner 
of  girls  they  were,  but  our  Sunday-school  picnic 
gave  me  a  splendid  chance  to  investigate. 

After  a  fine  lunch  on  the  green  grass  I  drew  my 
class  aside  and  proceeded  to  find  out,  as  deftly  as  I 
might,  what  kind  of  material  I  was  supposed  to  work 
up  into  good  womanhood.  Molly  Baxter,  who  was 
apparently   the  class  spokeswoman,   suggested   that 

173 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

each  girl  report  to  me  on  her  specialty — what  she 
could  do  best. 

"You'll  know  then  what  we  are  good  for,"  she  said 
with  a  laugh.  You  may  be  sure  I  stept  briskly  into 
the  chance  and  Molly  led  off. 

"I'm  good  for  the  fastest  typewriting  in  town," 
she  said  gaily. 

"And  I'm  good  for  keeping  books." 

"And  I'm  good  for  practising  three  hours  a  day." 

At  this  point  there  was  a  lull  in  the  proceedings. 
Apparently  the  shyer  girls  were  thinking  about  their 
talents  and  what  their  work  was.  Finally  Bertha 
Wilson  said:   "I  can  make  my  own  dresses." 

Annie  Brown  was  the  next  girl  to  report :  "I  make 
the  bread  and  pies  and  cake  for  our  family,  and 
mother  says  I'm  not  such  a  bad  little  cook,"  she  said 
modestly.  And  then  Grace  Kitchen  spoke  up  bravely. 
"I  don't  know  that  I've  any  talent,  unless  it's  minding 
the  children  and  darning  the  family  stockings." 

This  left  only  a  queer,  stunted-looking  home  girl 
whom  I  had  entered  in  my  new  class  book  as  "Martha 
Jones."  "Well,  Martha,"  I  said,  "what  can  you  do? 
I  know  you  can  do  something  special."  Then  care- 
less, outspoken  Molly  Baxter  said:  "Oh,  I  guess 
Martha's  only  good  for  scrubbing." 

174 


LABOR    DAY 

My  first  thought  was  one  of  indignation  at  Molly's 
slurring  tones,  but  quickly  I  saw  my  chance.  I  told 
them  it  would  be  a  mighty  queer  world  if  nobody 
was  willing  to  scrub ;  that  we  couldn't  get  along  with 
just  stenographers  and  music  people;  that  we  really 
must  have  scrubbers.  Cleanliness  is  somewhere  in  the 
neighborhood  of  godliness. 

In  Lowell's  verse  let  us  change  the  word  man  to 
Junior : 

No  Junior  is  born  into  the  world  whose  work 
Is  not  born  with  him;  there  is  always  work, 
And  tools  to  work  withal,  for  those  who  will; 
The  Junior  who  stands  with  arms  akimbo  set, 
Until  occasion  tells  him  what  to  do, 
And  he  who  waits  to  have  his  task  marked  out, 
Shall  die  and  leave  his  mission  unfulfilled. 


175 


Thirty-five 

REST    DAY 

"Rest  the  seventh  day." — Exodus  20:11. 

A  FTER  Labor  Day  we  look  for  Rest  Day. 
***-  Juniors  should  be  thankful  for  their  day  of 
rest.  Admiral  Hall,  of  the  British  Navy,  com- 
manded a  naval  vessel  at  Hongkong.  After  divine 
service  had  been  performed  one  Sunday  on  his  ship 
and  the  sailors  were  at  rest,  his  intelligent  Chinese 
pilot  said:  "Your  joss  (God)  is  better  than  our 
joss,  for  He  gives  you  holiday  and  rest  one  day  in 
seven,  and  we  have  only  one  day  in  the  year,  on 
New  Year's  Day." 

The  Admiral,  in  a  recent  address  to  workingmen, 
told  them  of  this  remark,  and  added:  "Just  picture 
working  hard  from  morning  till  night  for  364  days 
and  only  one  day  of  rest ;  and  then  prize  that  Sab- 
bath!" 

In  my  "brain-box"  I  find  a  number  of  good  stories 
about  Rest  Day.  I  have  selected  for  my  Juniors  this 
story  by  H.  Thomas: 

176 


REST    DAY 

The  Peach  Lesson 

As  a  long-drawn  sigh  escaped  her  young  guest 
Mrs.  Grant  said:  "A  penny  for  your  thoughts, 
Harry." 

"Well,  I'll  own  right  up.  I  was  thinking  how 
much  nicer  it  would  be  if  the  Sunday  were  left  out 
of  the  week;  it  seems  to  spoil  everything  so." 

"Spoil  everything !  Why,  Harry,  I  think  it  is  the 
best  day  of  all  the  week,"  said  Mrs.  Grant,  trying 
not  to  look  shocked  at  his  words. 

"Oh,  well,  that's  because  you're  grown  up,  I  sup- 
pose. But  I  almost  hate  Sunday ;  it  puts  a  stop 
to  all  my  nice  times." 

"Harry,  I  haven't  seen  you  for  a  week.  Tell  me 
how  you  have  spent  it." 

"Well,  let  me  see,"  answered  Harry,  thoughtfully. 
"It's  the  last  week  of  vacation,  and  I've  crowded  it 
with  fun.  Monday,  we  boys  had  a  ball  game  with 
some  of  the  West  Side  boys,  and  our  side  beat. 
Tuesday,  I  had  more  fun  yet.  Six  of  us  boys  went 
o\er  in  the  grove  and  camped  out.  We  fished,  and 
cooked  our  own  meals,  and  had  heaps  of  fun!  We 
stayed  until  Thursday  night." 

"I'm  so  glad  you  enjoyed  yourself.  Now  for  the 
two  days  more."     "Well,  Friday  just  beat  all  the 

177 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

other  days  for  fun.  Our  Sabbath-school  went  out 
to  the  lake  and  had  just  the  nicest  time!  We  had 
everything  good  to  eat  you  can  think  of;  played 
games,  rowed  on  the  water,  and — and — oh,  dear! 
the  day  wasn't  half  long  enough.  And  to-day  has 
been  just  as  nice  as  the  rest  of  the  week.  We  boys 
made  some  big  kites,  and  you  just  ought  to  see  what 
fun  we've  had  flying  them !" 

Mrs.  Grant  excused  herself  and  went  to  the  garden, 
where  she  picked  seven  of  the  most  beautiful  Craw- 
ford peaches  she  could  find. 

Harry's  eyes  danced  with  delight  as  she  entered 
the  room  holding  them  in  her  hand,  saying :  "Harry, 
I  have  selected  for  you  seven  of  my  finest  peaches ; 
they  are  all  yours.  You  can,  if  you  please,  eat  all 
of  them ;  but  if,  after  you  have  eaten  six,  you  will 
carry  the  seventh  to  the  poor  sick  boy  at  the  foot 
of  the  hill,  and  give  it  to  him,  it  will  make  me  very 
happy." 

"Why,  Auntie  Grant,"  said  Harry,  "what  sort  of 
a  boy  do  you  take  me  for?  Of  course  I  shall  take 
it  to  Dick — the  very  nicest  one,  too." 

"Well,  let  us  imagine  that  after  you  have  eaten 
six  peaches  you  say,  'Oh,  dear!  I  suppose  I  must 
give  the  last  peach  to  Dick,  but  I  hate  to.'  " 

178 


REST    DAY 

"I  won't  even  imagine  such  a  thing!"  interrupted 
Harry  with  a  very  red  face.     "It  isn't  in  me  to  be 


so  mean : 


i" 


Mrs.  Grant  made  answer  by  taking  the  plate  of 
peaches  into  her  own  hand,  and  saying  impressively: 
"Here  are  seven  peaches.  They  remind  me  of  a  boy 
who  had  seven  beautiful  gifts.  The  Giver  said  in 
giving  them,  'They  are  yours ;  but  if  you  love  me 
you  will  do  me  honor  by  setting  one  apart  as  sacred 
to  my  memory.'  Did  the  boy  regard  the  wishes  of  the 
Giver  as  sacred,  and  gladly  obey  them?" 

"It  would  be  a  mean  sort  of  a  boy  that  wouldn't 
do  that  much  for  a  generous  friend,"  ventured 
Harry. 

"It  would  seem  so,"  said  Mrs.  Grant.  Then  taking 
up  one  of  the  peaches  she  continued:  "We  will,  for 
the  sake  of  illustration,  call  this  Monday,  that's  the 
day  he  played  ball,  and  came  off  victorious.  Tuesday, 
Wednesday  and  Thursday  he  camped  out,  and  'fun' 
marked  every  one  of  them.  Friday,  picnic  day,  not 
half  long  enough.  Saturday,  kite-flying  and  a  full 
tide  of  enjoyment." 

Mrs.  Grant  had  pointed  to  one  peach  after  another 
in  naming  them,  but  had  avoided  looking  at  Harry. 
Had  she  done  so  she  would  have  seen  that  the  lesson 

179 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

was  striking  home;  for  the  boy's  face  was  growing 
crimson.  At  last  only  one  peach  remained  unnamed. 
Taking  it  up,  she  said,  "You  are  Sunday,  and  I 
almost  hate  you,  because  you  spoil  my  nice  times !" 

There  was  an  instant's  silence  and  then  Harry  in 
a  repentant  tone  said :  "Oh,  Auntie  Grant,  I  see  it  I 
I  have  often  made  my  boast  that  with  all  my  faults 
I  was  at  least  generous;  but  now  I  see  how  easy  it 
is  to  be  selfish  and  not  know  it." 

"I  am  glad  to  see  my  peach  lesson  has  made  you 
see  yourself,"  said  Mrs.  Grant,  looking  pleased. 

"It  has,  for  a  fact.  Six  days  for  fun  ought  to 
satisfy  any  boy,  and  I  don't  think  any  one  will  ever 
again  hear  me  say  I  hate  Sunday." 


180 


Thirty-six 
LITTLE    MOMENTS    AND    MARGINS 

"Hide  thyself,  as  it  were,  for  a  little  moment."— Isaiah  26:20. 

A  BOY,  James  A.  Garfield,  enjoyed  hiding  him- 
self for  a  little  moment.  These  little  moments 
he  called  margins.  What  are  margins?  They  are 
little  odds  and  ends — something  that  many  boys 
and  girls  waste.  A  moment  is  the  margin  of  a 
minute  and  a  minute  is  the  margin  of  an  hour. 
Garfield  used  the  little  moments,  the  margins  of  time, 
and  in  them  earned  and  learned  his  way  from  a  canal 
boat  to  the  White  House.  He  walked  on  the  tow- 
path  and  drove  the  mule  that  pulled  the  boat.  When- 
ever he  found  a  margin  of  time  he  would  read  some- 
thing that  was  worth  thinking  about  while  at  his 
walk  and  work.  A  short  story  will  give  you  the 
secret  of  moments  and  margins. 

If  I  Only  Had  the  Time 
Some  boys  will  pick  up  a  good  education  in  the 
odds  and  ends  of  time  which  others  carelessly  throw 
away.      What   young  man   is   too   busy   to   get    an 
hour  a  day  for  self-improvement? 

181 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Drive  the  minutes  or  they  will  drive  you.  Success 
in  life  is  what  Garfield  called  a  question  of  "margins." 
Tell  me  how  a  Junior  uses  the  little  ragged  edges  of 
time  while  waiting  for  meals  or  for  tardy  appoint- 
ments, or  how  he  spends  the  evenings,  and  I  will 
tell  you  what  that  Junior's  success  will  be.  One  can 
usually  tell  by  his  manner,  the  direction  of  the  wrin- 
kles in  his  forehead  or  the  expression  of  his  eyes, 
whether  he  has  been  in  the  habit  of  using  his  time 
to  good  advantage  or  not.  The  same  signs  are  on 
the  face  of  a  girl. 

The  Junior  who  loses  no  time  doubles  his  life. 
Wasting  time  is  wasting  life.  Some  squander  time, 
some  invest  it,  some  kill  it.  Four  things  come  not 
back:  the  spoken  word,  the  sped  arrow,  the  past 
life,  and  the  neglected  opportunity. 

By  hiding  himself  in  every  little  moment  he  could 
find,  Garfield  learned  enough  to  become  a  teacher. 
On  a  pathway  paved  with  moments  he  found  his  way 
from  a  canal  boat  to  a  schoolhouse.  While  teaching 
school  he  improved  his  spare  moments  and  was  soon 
able  to  pass  his  "exams"  and  enter  college.  From 
t!ie  schoolhouse  to  the  college  he  walked  along  a 
beautiful  path  paved  with  moments  and  margins.  In 
a  few  years  he  was  able  to  pass  from  college,  where 

182 


LITTLE   MOMENTS   AND   MARGINS 

he  was  graduated  with  honors  in  1856  and  where  for  a 
time  he  was  the  president,  to  the  court  house.  From 
the  court  house  he  went,  a  moment  at  a  time,  to  the 
State  senate  house.  He  did  not  have  the  time  and 
money  to  go  to  West  Point,  but  little  moments  pre- 
pared him  to  command  an  army  and  he  became  a 
major-general.  At  President  Lincoln's  request  he 
was  sent  to  Congress.  Here  he  never  lost  a  moment 
until  he  paved  his  way  to  the  White  House.  While 
serving  as  the  twentieth  President  of  the  United 
States  he  was  in  one  little  evil  moment  shot  by 
Guiteau,  Saturday,  July  2,  1881. 

On  September  19,  just  about  thirty-one  years  ago, 
he  died  at  Elberon,  N.  J.  On  this  anniversary  of 
Garfield's  death  is  a  good  time  to  look  back  and  see 
the  value  of  moment  margins.  Moments  made  him 
a  great  man,  and  one  evil  little  moment,  in  which 
an  insane  man  fired  a  pistol,  robbed  our  country 
of  a  great  President.  Death  was  one  little  trembling 
moment  on  which  Garfield  stepped  from  time  to 
eternity. 

Is  this  all  of  the  story  of  Garfield's  life?  No,  for 
one  secret  of -his  success  is  not  known  to  many  people. 
His  useful  life  was  Garfield,  plus  moments,  plus  some- 
thing else.     A  story  tells  about  the  other  plus. 

183 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

A  scholarly,  fatherly,  contented-looking  old  gen- 
tleman was  Thomas  Garfield,  of  Hudsonville,  Mich. 
He  was  the  only  brother  of  President  James  A.  Gar- 
field. At  the  age  of  eighty-seven  he  was  well  and 
happy.  He  resided  on  the  same  farm  for  over 
forty  years  and  did  not  leave  home  over  a 
dozen  times  after  moving  to  Hudsonville.  He 
was  unknown  outside  his  immediate  neighborhood, 
did  not  seek  publicity  and  liked  to  be  called  a  plain 
farmer.  He  never  went  to  Washington,  altho  he  was 
invited  by  his  brother  to  make  his  home  at  the  capital 
city.  He  never  had  the  advantage  of  an  education. 
But  James  A.  Garfield  became  President  by  the  wise 
use  of  spare  moments  plus  this  brother.  Thomas 
carried  his  brother  James  to  school,  when  the  snow 
was  too  deep  for  the  future  President  to  walk,  ai*d 
worked  from  daylight  till  dark  in  order  to  help  him 
to  success.  He  took  care  of  James  till  he  finished  at 
high  school,  and  then  had  his  life  insured,  which  car- 
ried him  through  college.  "My  duty  was  to  stay  at 
home  and  run  the  farm,"  declared  Mr.  Garfield,  "and 
I  did  it.  James  was  a  politician  from  the  time  he 
was  a  little  fellow.  He  was  a  natural  orator  and  had 
the  best  memory  of  any  man  I  ever  knew.  He  could 
listen  to  a  discourse  and  repeat  it,  and  once  we  heard 

184- 


LITTLE  MOMENTS  AND  MARGINS 

him  working  out  a  sum  in  algebra  in  his  sleep.  When 
he  got  up  in  the  morning  he  wrote  it  out."  We 
would  be  ashamed  of  James  A.  Garfield  if  he  had 
not  loved  and  honored  his  brother  Thomas. 

Now,  Juniors,  please  hide  yourselves  for  "a  little 
moment"  and  think.  Just  think  of  the  fact  that 
every  boy  and  girl,  every  man  and  woman  who  makes 
a  success  in  life  ought  to  thank  and  love  an  elder 
brother.  There  is  one  who  sticketh  closer  than  a 
brother,  who  never  sought  any  honors  in  this  world, 
refused  to  be  a  King,  and  spent  all  his  life  in  order 
that  you  might  be  successful  and  happy.  Hide  father 
for  "a  little  moment"  from  his  Sunday  paper  and 
ask  him  for  the  story  of  this  "Elder  Brother." 


185 


Thirty-seven 
LITTLE   CHILDREN  AND  THE   BIG  STICK 

"As   obedient   children.'" — I    Peter   1:14. 

T~AID  you  ever  see  an  eclipse?  When  the  moon 
*-J  rolls  between  the  sun  and  the  earth  we  have 
an  eclipse  of  the  sun.  When  the  earth  passes  between 
the  sun  and  the  moon  we  have  an  eclipse  of  the  moon. 
I  want  to  tell  you  about  an  eclipse  of  a  day.  The 
only  one  we  have  had  for  134  years.  The  day  was 
July  4,  1910,  and  the  eclipse  was  caused  by  a  great 
shadow  thrown  over  it  by  Saturday,  June  18. 

Our  one  living  ex-President,  came  home  on  June  18. 
Every  man  and  woman  in  Greater  New  York  was 
up  early,  and  thousands  of  people  came  from  other 
cities  and  country  places,  ready  to  greet  the  first 
citizen.  Ships,  big  and  little,  went  down  the  bay  to 
meet  the  great  ship  on  which  he  returned.  When 
he  came  ashore  at  Battery  Park  the  enthusiasm  broke 
loose  and  ran  over  the  telegraph  wires  to  the  ends 
of  the  world.  More  than  10,000  dollars  were  spent 
in  the  "welcome  home."  And  it  paid!  It  was  a 
greater  day  than  the  Fourth  of  July. 

186 


LITTLE   CHILDREN   AND   THE   BIG   STICK 

Not  one  story,  but  three,  I  shall  tell  you  about 
that  day.  When  the  great  parade  started  up 
Broadway  the  Abernathy  boys,  who  had  ridden  from 
Oklahoma,  wanted  to  be  with  the  Rough  Riders. 
Surely  they  deserved  to  be  there,  for  two  boys,  one 
aged  ten  years  and  the  other  six,  who  could  ride  2,500 
miles  on  horseback  are  surely  Rough  Rider  Kids. 
But  for  some  strange  reason  the  Rough  Riders  did 
not  want  them  in  their  company.  Somebody  ap- 
pealed to  the  man  with  the  "big  stick,"  who  said 
they  had  better  obey  orders  and  go  where  they  were 
placed.  So  they  were  obliged  to  ride  with  the 
Spanish  War  Veterans.  I  am  sure  the  "big  stick" 
man  wanted  the  boys  to  ride  with  the  Rough  Riders, 
but  those  who  were  in  authority  thought  differently, 
and  the  boys  were  taught  one  of  the  greatest  lessons 
of  their  lives:  that  was,  "To  Obey  Orders."  There 
are  many  times  when  boys  and  girls  are  in  the  right, 
but  if  some  one  in  authority  has  commanded  other- 
wise, then  the  best  and  only  thing  for  the  Junior 
to  do  is  to  obey  orders.  Obedience  is  better  than 
having  your  rights.  When  you  learn  to  obey  you 
have  learned  the  greatest  lesson  any  school  in  this 
great  world  can  teach. 

There  was  another  incident  that  my  Juniors  want 
187 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

to  remember.  Just  before  the  Colonel's  carriage 
turned  into  Fourth  Street  a  messenger  boy,  named 
Jacob  Youngsivsky,  succeeded  in  getting  close 
enough  to  the  carriage  to  get  a  warm  hand-shake 
from  the  hero  of  the  day.  Off  he  ran  and  soon  re- 
turned with  a  bunch  of  flowers,  which  he  handed  to 
the  Colonel.  You  will  easily  guess  by  this  boy's 
name  that  his  ancestors  were  not  born  in  Boston.  He 
is  one  of  the  millions  of  boys  in  our  country,  whose 
ancestors  were  born  in  foreign  lands,  but  whose  de- 
scendants are  growing  into  good  American  citizens. 
Colonel  Roosevelt  probably  saw  on  this  boy's  face  to 
what  class  he  belonged,  and  by  giving  him  his  hand 
lifted  him,  and  all  the  other  boys  of  his  class,  into 
enthusiastic  lovers  of  America.  When  the  boy  hurried 
off  and  brought  back  some  flowers,  it  revealed  the 
spirit  that  makes  the  child  worthy  of  becoming  a 
good  citizen.  All  should  recognize  such  boys  as  the 
coming  Americans. 

The  other  incident  which  you  will  enjoy,  occurred 
at  Washington  Square.  There  the  tiniest  trooper 
in  the  parade,  aged  five  years,  joined  the  riders  near 
the  Colonel's  carriage.  The  "big  stick"  man  laughed, 
but  as  he  saw  the  boy  had  forced  himself  into  a  better 
position  than  the  Abernathy  boys,  he  scowled  fiercely. 

188 


LITTLE   CHILDREN   AND   THE   BIG   STICK 

This  was  not  "fair  play,"  and  I  think  he  was  a 
greater  man  when  demanding  fair  play  for  boys 
than  when,  as  President,  he  demanded  fair  play  for 
men. 

There  was  one  big  blunder  in  the  great  New  York 
parade.  While  there  were  children  here  and  there 
in  the  parade,  the  committee  overlooked  the  joy  the 
hero  would  receive  by  seeing  several  hundred  children 
marching  together  in  honor  of  his  return.  A  woman 
standing  on  the  stoop  of  a  Fourth  Street  house  with 
a  baby  in  each  arm  got  an  approving  smile  from  the 
Colonel,  who  also  held  up  his  right  hand  with  two 
fingers  extended.  Later,  another  woman  with  three 
children  got  the  salute  with  three  fingers  extended. 

On  the  evening  of  that  same  day  the  Colonel  re- 
turned to  his  summer  home  at  Oyster  Bay.  Here 
the  people  knew  the  Colonel's  love  of  children  better 
than  we  know  it  in  New  York.  Hundreds  of  children 
were  waiting  for  him  at  the  station  and  marched 
with  their  flags,  floated  b}7  their  cheers,  on  the  way 
to  Sagamore  Hill.  The  Colonel  noticed  the  grown 
people,  but  at  sight  of  the  children  he  stretched  him- 
self to  full  length  and  said,  "De-lighted!" 

In  his  address  at  Sagamore  Hill,  he  said,  "I  en- 
joyed hearing   the   children   sing."     Then   he   said 

189 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

something  the  children  will  never  forget:  "I  am 
glad  to  see  you  all  again,  men,  women,  and  little 
Oysters."  This  was  a  splendid  nickname  for  the 
children  of  Oyster  Bay.  Surely  he  made  them  very 
proud  in  the  next  sentence,  when,  speaking  of  his 
need  of  rest  he  said,  "I  want  to  close  up  like  a  native 
Oyster."  Every  child  would  understand  that  the 
Big  Oyster  was  going  to  rest  for  a  little  time  and 
that  the  Little  Oysters  could  open  their  mouths  and 
enjoy  everything  they  could  find  to  enjoy  along  the 
shore  of  Oyster  Bay.  September  ends  the  Oyster's 
rest. 

In  Africa  the  "big-stick"  man  never  shot  or  in- 
jured a  baby  Elephant,  a  girl  Hippopotamus  or  a 
boy  Tiger.     Three  cheers  for  the  Lover  of  Children. 


190 


Thirty-eight 
NEW   YEAR'S    DAY    IN    OCTOBER 

"That  they  might  be  saved," — Romans  10:1. 

NEW  YEAR'S  DAY  in  October  makes  you  sit  up 
and  think.  If  you  think  hard  enough  you  can 
lean  back  and  rest.  You  never  heard  of  New  Year's 
Day  coming  in  October?  January  1,  you  say,  is  New 
Year's  Day.  True  it  is  that  January  1  is  our  day, 
but  we  are  not  the  only  people  in  this  world.  The 
Jews  are  very  much  older  than  we  are,  and  their 
New  Year's  Day  will  come  on  October  4.  We  date 
our  New  Year  from  the  birth  of  Christ.  The  Jews 
date  their  New  Year  from  the  creation  of  the  world. 
They  believe  that  the  world  was  created  3,760  years 
and  three  months  before  the  birth  of  Christ. 

Are  you  interested  in  the  Jews?  With  Paul  can 
you  say:  "My  heart's  desire  and  prayer  to  God  for 
Israel  is  that  they  might  be  saved."  Is  it  possible 
that  any  of  you  boys  and  girls  have  never  prayed  for 
the  Jews?     Let  us  look  at  some  of  the  facts  about 

191 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

their  life,  then  see  if  we  shall  feel  any  more  interested 
in  them.  First,  the  home  life  of  the  Jew.  In  the 
Jewish  home  more  children  are  born  and  fewer  die 
than  among  any  other  class  of  people.  Every  child 
is  welcomed  and  loved.  In  the  Jewish  home  the  chil- 
dren honor  their  parents.  As  father  and  mother 
grow  older  they  are  treated  like  a  king  and  queen. 
If  you  will  visit  the  poor-house  in  your  county  or 
State  you  will  not  find  a  Jewish  father  or  mother 
there.  Jewish  parents  love  their  children  and  Jewish 
children  love  their  parents.  A  Jew  organized  in 
New  York  the  pure  milk  supply  for  babies.  As  a 
result  the  death  rate  among  little  children  has  dropt 
from  ninety-six  to  sixty-three  in  every  thousand. 
Second,  the  Jew  in  American  history.  A  Jew  gave 
the  money  to  send  Columbus  on  his  voyage  to  Amer- 
ica. Queen  Isabella  had  pawned  her  jewels  some 
months  before  and  did  not  have  any  left  to  pawn  for 
Columbus.  Luis  de  Santangel  furnished  the  money 
for  Columbus.  The  map  Columbus  used  was  drawn 
by  a  Jew.  One  of  his  officers,  his  doctor  and  his 
interpreter,  were  Jews.  The  interpreter  stood  on 
American  soil  first. 

In  the  time  of  our  Revolution  three  members  of 
Washington's  staff  were  Jews — Colonels  Francks  and 

192 


NEW  YEAR'S  DAY  IN  OCTOBER 

Nones,  and  Major  Noah.  (Major  Noah  should  have 
been  put  at  the  head  of  the  navy.  )  A  Jew  gave 
Washington  $658,000  to  carry  on  the  war  and  he 
never  asked  to  have  a  dollar  of  it  returned.  In  our 
Civil  War  the  Jews  were  a  great  help,  and  in  the 
Spanish-American  War  were  many  Jews.  Some  of 
them  were  with  Colonel  Roosevelt's  Rough  Riders. 

After  living  in  every  country  of  the  world  the 
Jews  selected  America  as  their  Promised  Land.  In 
1654  they  came  to  America  and  on  April  25,  1665, 
they  were  given  the  legal  right  to  make  it  their 
country.  For  2,000  years  they  had  been  without 
a  country  and  without  a  flag,  but  now  when  over 
eighteen  million  boys  and  girls  stand  in  our  public 
schools  and  say:  "I  pledge  allegiance  to  our  flag 
and  to  the  Republic  for  which  it  stands,"  three  hun- 
dred thousand  of  the  little  patriots  are  Jews.  In 
New  York  City  we  have  ten  times  as  many  Jews  as 
there  are  in  the  Holy  Land  and  thirty  times  as 
many  as  dwell  in  Jerusalem.  In  twenty-eight  of  our 
public  schools  were  found  64,605  children,  and  of 
these  61,105  were  Jews.  Now,  may  I  ask  if  you  are 
interested  in  the  Jews?  Will  you  join  with  Paul 
and  say:  "My  heart's  desire  and  prayer  to  God 
for  Israel  is  that  they  might  be  saved." 

193 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

In  a  sermon  by  a  Jew,  he  said:  "We  are  sent  to 
this  land  to  be  witnesses  for  God.  Tell  me  not  it  was 
a  chance  that  brought  us  here.  It  was  the  hand  of 
of  God.  We  are  here  to  preach  the  great  ideal. 
God  has  given  us  rest.  Our  fathers  passed  through 
the  fire,  but  our  lines  are  laid  in  pleasant  places." 
The  Jew  believes  in  God  and  has  taught  the  world 
to  believe  in  Him.  There  was  a  time  when  the  Jews 
hated  our  Christ,  who  came  to  the  world  as  a  Jew. 
Now  they  say  He  was  the  best  man  and  the  greatest 
preacher  who  ever  lived.  Some  day  we  hope  they  will 
join  with  us  in  preaching  Christ.  The  Bible  teaches 
us  that  they  are  to  be  saved.  Surely  my  boys  and 
girls  will  join  with  Paul  in  his  great  prayer  for  the 
Jews. 

About  twenty  years  ago  the  New  Testament  was, 
for  the  first  time,  printed  in  Hebrew.  So  many  of 
the  Jews  wanted  to  read  about  Jesus  that  600,000 
copies  of  a  Hebrew  New  Testament  were  printed. 
It  is  believed  that  there  are  250,000  Jewish  Chris- 
tians. Three  thousand  converted  Jews  are  preaching 
the  Gospel. 

I  wonder  if  my  Juniors  know  that  one  of  the 
rhymes  they  often  use  in  play  came  from  the  follow- 
ing quaint  rhyme,  which  originated  with  the  Jews: 

194 


NEW   YEAR'S   DAY   IN   OCTOBER 

Then  came  the  Holy  One,  blessed  be  he,  and  killed  the  angel 
of  death,  that  killed  the  butcher,  that  slew  the  ox,  that  drank 
the  water,  that  quenched  the  fire,  that  burned  the  staff,  that 
beat  the  dog,  that  bit  the  cat,  that  ate  the  kid,  that  my  father 
bought  for  two  pieces  of  money — a  kid,  a  kid! 

The  Jews  called  it  the  Haggadah  and  sang  it  at 
the  "home  service"  of  the  Passover.  By  it  they 
taught  their  children  some  great  truths  in  their 
history.  The  father  who  bought  the  kid  was  Je- 
hovah. The  cat  represented  the  Assyrians,  the  dog, 
the  Babylonians,  and  the  staff,  the  Persians.  The 
ox  was  the  Saracens  who  subdued  Palestine.  By  the 
butcher  was  meant  the  Crusaders,  who  conquered  the 
Saracens.  By  the  Holy  One  they  meant  God,  who 
would  destroy  their  enemies  and  restore  to  them  the 
Holy  Land.  In  this  rhyme  the  children  learned  their 
history  and  hope.  America  may  be  that  Promised 
Land.     Pray  for  the  Jews. 


195 


w 


Thirty-nine 

COLUMBUS    DAY 

"They   of  Italy  salute  you."— Hebrews   13:24. 

EDNESDAY,  October  12,  is  Columbus  Day. 
In  New  York  State  it  is  a  legal  holiday.  The 
420th  anniversary  of  the  discovery  of  America.  The 
Italians  love  a  holiday,  and  more  than  20,000  of 
these  holiday-lovers  will  parade. 

As  Columbus  was  an  Italian  they  have  the  first 
right  to  this  day.  America  is  a  great  country.  The 
Indians  should  have  a  holiday,  as  they  were  here  first. 
You  boys  and  girls  should  fall  in  line  and  join  with 
the  Indians  in  their  celebration.  An  Italian  discov- 
ered America ;  fall  in  line  and  help  them  to  celebrate. 
The  Jews  made  it  money-possible  for  the  Italian  to 
find  America.  Into  line,  all  of  you,  when  the  Jew 
celebrates.  It  was  the  Spanish  flag  that  first  floated 
in  America.  Spain  therefore  has  some  first  rights, 
and  you  must  fall  in  line  when  the  Spaniards  cele- 
brate. The  Dutch  discovered  how  to  get  the  country 
from  the  Indians  without  fighting  for  it,  and  almost 
without  paying  for  it.    Put  on  the  wooden  shoes  and 

196 


COLUMBUS    DAY 

march  with  the  Dutch  when  they  celebrate.  An 
Englishman  commanded  the  ship  that  brought  the 
Dutch.  Get  a  Union  Jack  and  parade  with  the 
English  when  they  celebrate.  A  Frenchman,  Lafay- 
ette, helped  us  to  gain  our  independence.  The  French 
therefore  should  have  a  day  and  we  should  march 
with  them. 

Now  glance  back  and  see  what  a  wonderful  parade 
this  will  make,  and  how  many  flags  will  be  floating, 
and  how  many  languages  will  be  spoken.  We  call 
ourselves  Americans.  But  who  are  we?  If  you 
throw  a  stone  at  an  American  you  are  liable  to  hit 
a  Dutchman,  an  Englishman,  a  German,  a  French- 
man, a  Welshman,  and  almost  all  the  other  nations 
of  the  world.  Why?  Because  many  of  the  Amer- 
icans have  the  blood  of  nearly  all  the  nations  flowing 
in  their  veins.     The  Italian  is  here  learning  English. 

Do  you  Juniors  pray  for  the  Italians?  They  are 
making  our  roads  and  streets,  digging  our  tunnels 
and  subways,  and  doing  most  of  our  hard  work. 
When  you  feel  unkindly  to  the  Italian  and  want  to 
say  unkind  words  at  him,  just  imagine  Columbus 
sitting  on  a  cloud  and  looking  down  at  you.  Would 
you  be  surprized  if  he  should  speak  right  out  and 
say,  "I  discovered  America,  and  my  people  have  a 

197 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

right  here  to  life,  liberty  and  the  pursuit  of  happi- 
ness." 

The  Italian  came  from  the  country  that  looks  like 
a  boot.  He  has  walked  into  America  with  his  boots 
on,  and  God  is  giving  him  something  to  do  for  Amer- 
ica. In  the  fifteenth  century  England  gave  us 
William  Tyndall,  who  translated  the  Bible  into  the 
English  language.  Germany  gave  us  John  Guten- 
berg, who  gave  us  movable  type  with  which  to 
print  the  Bible.  While  we  are  thankful  for  these 
and  other  men  who  helped  to  make  America  great, 
we  must  not  forget  the  Italians.  Italy  has  given  us 
some  great  and  good  men.  Columbus  was  one, 
Michael  Angelo  was  another.  And  we  must  not  for- 
get Savonarola. 

When  Columbus  was  being  guided  by  God  in  the 
discovery  of  America,  Savonarola  was  doing  more 
than  all  others  to  found  the  Republic  of  Florence, 
Italy.  When  you  see  men  building  a  house  or  store, 
you  will  notice  a  man  holding  a  piece  of  blue  paper 
with  lines  and  marks  on  it.  This  is  called  a  blue 
print,  the  plan  of  the  building  that  is  to  be  put  up. 
This  little  Republic  in  Italy,  that  Savonarola  did 
so  much  to  establish,  was  God's  blue  print,  one  of 
the  plans  for  the  great  American  Republic. 

19b 


COLUMBUS    DAY 

I  want  you  boys  and  girls  to  go  to  the  library 
this  week  and  get  the  Life  of  Savonarola,  and  read 
it  carefully.  If  you  will  read  this  great  man's  history 
I  will  ask  Paul  Suter  to  tell  you  a  story : 

If  the  doctor's  son  had  not  been  mowing  the  grass 
they  might  never  have  noticed  him;  for  he  was  a 
little  fellow,  and  he  had  been  trying  hard  to  escape 
their  notice  when  the  lawn  mower  ran  him  down. 
Now  he  lay  quite  still,  and  Harry  and  Ralph  looked 
down  at  him  sorrowfully.  He  was  only  a  toad;  but, 
as  Ralph  said,  he  might  have  a  wife  and  family 
waiting  for  him  at  home,  and,  anyway,  maybe  toads 
were  some  good  in  the  world.  The  doctor  was  look- 
ing out  of  his  study  window,  and  he  overheard  them. 

"Bring  him  in,  boys,"  he  called  to  them.  "Maybe 
we  shall  be  able  to  restore  Mr.  Toad  to  his  family." 

"Now,  while  I  am  trying  to  bring  him  back  to  life," 
he  said,  "I  should  like  you  to  tell  me  what  you  know 
about  a  toad." 

"He  gives  people  warts  when  they  touch  him," 
declared  Harry. 

The  doctor  laughed  and  looked  at  his  own  hand. 
"I  have  touched  him  more  than  once  in  the  last  few 
minutes.     What  else?" 

"I'm  afraid  that's  all  we  know,"  Ralph  said. 
199 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Sure  enough,  they  returned  in  a  few  minutes  to 
find  the  little  fellow  looking  very  spry  indeed. 

"Oh,  I'm  so  glad!"  Harry  exclaimed.  "We 
wouldn't  want  him  to  die  for  anything.  Why,  we've 
found  that  toads  are  useful!  The  natural  history 
says  they  kill  more  than  their  weight  of  caterpillars 
and  bugs  in  a  single  day.  We  need  him  in  the 
garden." 

They  escorted  Mr.  Toad  out  again  ;  but,  just  as 
they  reached  the  last  step,  he  gave  a  flying  leap 
and  landed  in  a  flower  bed.  Then  he  started  away 
at  a  lively  pace,  as  if  to  make  up  for  the  lost  time. 

"Good-by,  Mr.  Toad,"  Harry  called  after  him. 
"Remember  us  to  your  family!" 

If  we  knew  the  Italian  better  we  would  find  he 
is  not  as  bad  as  we  supposed.  We  would  find  him 
a  very  useful  man. 

They  of  Italy  salute  you. 


200 


Forty 
A   LITTLE    CHILD   AND   A   BIG   MAN 

"Bring  me  a  sword." — I  Kings  3:24. 

WHO  was  the  wisest  man ?  You  should  know  his 
name,  for  every  child  should  love  him.  Right 
you  are — Solomon  was  the  wisest  man.  How  came 
he  to  be  so  wise?  When  God  gave  him  his  choice 
of  all  gifts  he  selected  wisdom.  What  proof  have 
we  that  Solomon  was  a  very  wise  man?  The  first 
proof  the  Bible  gives  will  interest  you.  Two  women 
with  one  little  child  came  to  Solomon.  There  had 
been  two  children,  but  one  died.  Each  woman  claimed 
the  living  child  was  hers.  Solomon  was  to  decide 
which  woman  was  the  mother  of  the  living  child. 
That  was  a  hard  question.  Children  do  not  always 
look  like  their  parents.  I  knew  a  woman  who  told 
a  mother  how  very  much  her  child  looked  like  her — 
just  her  image.  The  woman  smiled;  she  was  the 
child's  stepmother. 

How  could  Solomon  decide  which  woman  was  the 
mother?     Solomon  looked  at  the  one  child  and  the 

201 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

two  women,  and  said,  "Bring  me  a  sword."  The 
sword  was  brought  and  Solomon  said,  "Divide  the 
living  child  in  two,  and  give  half  to  one  and  half  to 
the  other."  One  woman  said,  "That  is  right,  divide 
it."  But  the  other  woman  loved  the  child  and  said, 
"O  my  lord,  give  her  the  living  child,  and  in  no 
wise  slay  it."  Her  heart  of  love  went  out  to  the 
child.  Solomon  knew  that  the  woman  who  wanted  to 
save  the  child's  life  was  its  mother.  In  this  act 
Solomon  proved  that  he  was  a  very  wise  man. 

Any  one  who  seeks  for  wisdom  and  asks  God  to 
help  him  can  be  as  wise  as  Solomon.  Solomon  did 
not  believe  that  all  the  wisdom  of  the  world  was 
wrapt  up  in  his  brain.  Like  a  good  father  he  talked 
to  children  and  told  them  how  to  get  wisdom.  I 
have  one  of  his  chats  with  children  and  you  can  read 
it.  "Hear,  ye  children,  the  instruction  of  a  father, 
and  attend  to  know  understanding.  For  I  give  you 
good  doctrine,  forsake  ye  not  my  law.  For  I  was 
my  father's  son,  tender  and  only  beloved  in  the  sight 
of  my  mother.  He  taught  me  also,  and  said  unto  me, 
Let  thine  heart  retain  my  words:  keep  my  com- 
mandments, and  live.  Get  wisdom,  get  understand- 
ing: forget  it  not;  neither  decline  from  the  words 
of  my  mouth.     Forsake  her  not,  and  she  shall  pre- 

202 


A   LITTLE    CHILD   AND   A   BIG   MAN 

serve  thee:  love  her,  and  she  shall  keep  thee.  Wis- 
dom is  the  principal  thing;  therefore  get  wisdom: 
and  with  all  thy  getting  get  understanding.  Exalt 
her,  and  she  shall  promote  thee:  she  shall  bring 
thee  to  honor,  when  thou  dost  embrace  her.  She 
shall  give  to  thine  head  an  ornament  of  grace:  a 
crown  of  glory  shall  she  deliver  to  thee." 

Mr.  W.  H.  Vail,  of  Newark,  N.  J.,  sent  me  a  story 
about  wisdom,  and  I  will  pass  it  on  to  you.  Read 
it  and  pass  it  on  to  others.  This  will  make  you  a 
member  of  the  "Pass-It-On  Society."  The  story  will 
show  you  how  any  thoughtful  person  can  become  as 
wise  as  Solomon  if  he  will  only  try.  Solomon  is 
dead,  but  God  is  not  dead.  You  can  be  as  wise  as 
Solomon  if  you  will  keep  your  eyes  open,  think  about 
what  you  see,  pray  often,  and  keep  on  thinking. 

The  little  Arabian  tale  of  the  dervish  shall  be  the 
proof  of  this  truth.  A  dervish  was  journeying  alone 
in  the  desert,  when  two  merchants  suddenly  met  him. 
"You  have  lost  a  camel,"  said  he  to  the  merchants. 
"Indeed  we  have,"  they  replied.  "Was  he  not  blind 
in  his  right  eye,  and  lame  in  his  left  leg?"  said  the 
dervish.  "He  was,"  replied  the  merchants.  "Had  he 
not  lost  a  front  tooth?"  said  the  dervish.  "He  had," 
replied  the  merchants.     "And  was  he  not  loaded  on 

203 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

one  side  with  honey  and  wheat  on  the  other?"  "Most 
certainly  he  was,"  they  replied.  "And  as  you  have 
seen  him  so  lately,  and  marked  him  so  particularly, 
you  can,  in  all  probability,  conduct  us  to  him." 

"My  friends,"  said  the  dervish,  "I  have  never  seen 
your  camel,  nor  even  heard  of  him  but  from  you." 
"A  pretty  story,  truly!"  said  the  merchants,  "but 
where  are  the  jewels  which  formed  a  part  of  his 
cargo?"  "I  have  neither  seen  your  camel,  nor  your 
jewels,"  repeated  the  dervish.  On  this,  they  seized 
his  person,  and  forthwith  hurried  him  before  the  cadi, 
where,  on  the  strictest  search,  nothing  could  be  found 
upon  him,  nor  could  any  evidence  whatever  be  ad- 
duced to  convict  him,  either  of  falsehood  or  of  theft. 

They  were  about  to  proceed  against  him  as  a  sor- 
cerer, when  the  dervish,  with  great  calmness,  thus 
addrest  the  court:  "I  have  been  much  amused  with 
your  surprize  and  own  that  there  has  been  some 
ground  for  your  suspicions,  but  I  have  lived  long 
and  alone,  and  I  can  find  ample  scope  for  observation, 
even  in  a  desert.  I  knew  that  I  had  crossed  the  track 
of  a  camel  that  had  strayed  from  its  owner,  because 
I  saw  no  mark  of  human  footstep  on  the  same  route. 
I  knew  that  the  animal  was  blind  in  one  eye,  because 
it  had  cropped  the  herbage  only  on  one  side  of  its 

204 


A   LITTLE    CHILD   AND   A   BIG   MAN 

path,  and  I  perceived  that  it  was  lame  in  one  leg, 
from  the  faint  impression  which  that  particular  foot 
had  produced  upon  the  sand.  I  concluded  that  the 
animal  had  lost  one  tooth,  because  wherever  it  had 
grazed  a  small  tuft  of  herbage  was  left  uninjured, 
in  the  center  of  the  bite.  As  to  what  formed  the 
burden  of  the  beast,  the  busy  ants  informed  me  that 
it  was  wheat  on  the  one  side,  and  the  clustering  bees 
that  it  was  honey  on  the  other." 

Read  all  of  Solomon's  chats  with  children.  Re- 
member that  your  eyes  were  made  to  see  and  your 
brain  was  made  to  think  about  all  your  eyes  see. 
Think  and  pray,  pray  and  think,  and  you  can  become 
even  wiser  than  Solomon. 


205 


Forty-one 
THE    STATUE    OF    LIBERTY 

"Whoso  breaketh  an  hedge,  a  serpent  shall  bite  him." — Ec- 
clesiastes  10:8. 

TT^RIDAY,  October  28.  If  you  are  in  or  near 
■*•  New  York  this  will  be  the  proper  time  to  visit 
the  Statue  of  Liberty.  Why?  Because  on  October 
28,  1886,  this  great  Statue  of  Liberty  was  unveiled. 
It  was  the  gift  of  France  to  the  United  States,  and 
stands  on  Bedloe's  Island  as  a  perpetual  reminder 
of  the  good  will  between  these  countries.  Its  height, 
from  low  water  mark  to  the  top  of  the  torch,  is 
305  feet  11  inches.  The  statue  itself,  which  is  in  the 
form  of  a  woman  holding  a  torch  in  her  hand,  is 
152  feet. 

When  strangers  from  other  countries  come  up  our 
beautiful  bay  this  is  one  of  the  first  sights  they  see, 
and  it  tells  them  that  they  are  coming  into  the  land 
where  Liberty  is  Enlightening  the  World. 

When  we  speak  about  this  being  the  Land  of 
Liberty,  what  do  we  mean?  Does  liberty  mean  to 
do  as  you  please  ?    You  have  liberty  to  throw  a  stone, 

206 


THE   STATUE   OF   LIBERTY 

but  your  liberty  ceases  when  you  throw  that  stone 
at  some  one.  You  have  the  liberty  to  use  your  voice, 
and  you  can  shout  and  yell  as  long  and  loud  as  you 
are  able ;  but  your  liberty  ceases  when  your  shouting 
and  yelling  annoys  some  sick  person  or  makes  some 
person  nervous  who  wants  to  feel  well.  Liberty  is 
the  privilege  of  doing  anything  that  you  please 
within  the  limits  of  law.  Our  text  says,  "Whoso 
breaketh  an  hedge,  a  serpent  shall  bite  him."  The 
hedge  means  law.  There  is  a  hedge,  or  law,  around 
your  playground  and  around  your  house  and  around 
your  father's  farm.  The  line  fence  is  a  law  between 
your  father's  farm  and  some  other  man's  farm.  Your 
father  has  liberty  to  plant  whatever  he  pleases  on 
his  side  of  the  fence,  but  he  does  not  have  the  liberty 
to  plant  anything  on  the  other  side  of  the  line  fence. 
Breaking  through  the  hedge  means  breaking  a  law. 
Whenever  you  do  anything  the  law  tells  you  not  to 
do,  then  you  break  through  a  hedge.  The  bite  of  the 
serpent  means  punishment  for  breaking  the  law. 
Every  time  we  break  a  hedge  or  break  a  law  there  is 
a  punishment.  In  the  old  hedges  spoken  of  in  our 
text,  serpents  found  their  home.  When  anyone  broke 
through  a  hedge  these  serpents  became  angry  and 
would  bite  the  breaker. 

207 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Our  text  takes  a  hedge  as  an  illustration  to  show 
us  that  when  we  break  a  law  we  shall  surely  be 
punished. 

We  have  a  great  amount  of  liberty — more 
liberty  than  is  given  to  the  people  of  any  other 
nation  in  the  world — but  this  liberty  ends  at  the 
hedge,  or  the  law,  that  has  been  made  by  God  and 
man. 

The  law  of  God  is  to  protect  us  and  to  bless  us. 
When,  therefore,  you  are  looking  at  the  Statue  of 
Liberty  remember  it  is  the  corner  post  of  the  great 
hedge  or  law  around  our  country. 

This  Statue  of  Liberty  was  once  worshiped  as  an 
idol.  An  aged  woman  and  her  grown  son  were  on 
their  way  from  Mount  Lebanon  to  the  United  States. 
When  they  saw  the  great  statue,  nobody  told  them 
what  it  was,  and  they  thought  it  must  be  Christ, 
representing  the  Christian  land  which  they  were 
about  to  enter.  They  dropt  upon  their  knees  on 
the  deck  of  their  ship  and  poured  out  their  love  and 
gratitude  for  the  welcome  which  the  outstretched  arm 
seemed  to  offer  them.  Liberty  is  the  gift  of  Christ, 
but  it  is  not  to  be  worshiped.  We  worship  Christ, 
who  gave  us  Liberty  and  protected  our  liberty  by 
law.     Tell  you  a  story? 

208 


THE    STATUE    OF    LIBERTY 

About  two  thousand  years  ago  the  Chinese  people 
were  in  great  trouble.  Toward  the  north  of  China 
there  was  an  enormous  plain,  and  it  was  one  of  the 
most  fruitful  and  productive  in  the  world.  The  peo- 
ple who  lived  on  the  plain  were  farmers.  Farther 
north  was  the  country  of  the  Tartars;  these  people 
lived  by  robbery,  and  when  they  looked  at  their 
neighbors'  prosperous  farms  they  were  filled  with 
envy.  They  made  a  raid  on  the  land  of  the  peaceful 
Chinamen,  stole  everything  that  they  could  lay  their 
hands  on,  and  beat  or  killed  those  who  made  any 
objection.  The  raids  happened  so  often  that  the 
poor  farmers  did  not  know  what  to  do,  and  were 
quite  in  despair.  At  last  they  made  a  complaint  to 
their  emperor,  and  he  caused  a  wall  to  be  built  so 
as  to  prevent  the  Tartars  from  entering  China. 

The  great  wall  of  China  is  one  of  the  wonders  of 
the  world.  It  is  called  the  Wan-li-chang,  or  Myriad 
Mile  Wall.  Its  length  is  about  one  thousand  five 
hundred  miles,  so  that  it  would  stretch  in  a  straight 
line  half  way  from  New  York  to  San  Francisco.  It 
winds  about,  now  climbing  a  mountain  to  a  height 
of  five  thousand  feet,  now  crossing  a  level  plain,  and 
now  spanning  a  river. 

The  wall  is   twenty   feet  high,  with  towers  twice 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

that  height  and  forty  feet  square  at  the  base,  stand- 
ing at  intervals  of  a  hundred  yards  from  each  other. 
These  towers  were  used  as  posts  of  observation,  and 
the  watchmen  stationed  in  them  could  give  timely 
warning  of  the  approach  of  the  Tartar  foe.  On  the 
top  of  the  wall  is  a  great  road  along  which  three 
automobiles  could  run  side  by  side.  This  wall  gave 
the  Chinese  liberty  and  protected  them  from  their 
enemies. 

Liberty  and  law  are  our  two  friends. 

Dr.  Abbot  tells  us  the  difference  between  advice 
and  law.  A  doctor  says  to  a  child:  "You  have  been 
working  too  hard  and  sleeping  too  little.  You  ought 
to  go  to  bed  every  night  at  nine  o'clock."  That  is 
advice,  but  not  law.  Then  the  father  says,  "My  child, 
you  hear  what  the  doctor  said,  and  you  must  go  to 
bed  every  night  at  nine  o'clock."  This  is  law.  This 
is  the  Chinese  wall  about  the  child  for  its  protection. 


210 


Forty-two 
ALL   SAINTS'   DAY  AND   HALLOW'S   EVE 

"Time  would  fail  me  to  tell." — Hebrews  11:32. 

ONE  tick,  and  a  moment  dies.  Sixty  ticks,  and  a 
minutes  dies.  Sixty  minutes,  and  an  hour  dies. 
Twenty-four  hours,  and  a  day  dies.  Three  hundred 
and  sixty-five  days,  and  a  year  dies.  The  short  life 
and  flight  and  death  of  time!  You  begin  to  tell 
something,  and  time  dies  before  you  can  finish.  It 
was  the  death  of  time  that  troubled  the  man  who 
wrote  the  eleventh  chapter  of  Hebrews.  He  was 
writing  about  the  good  people  who  had  by  faith 
done  wonderful  things.  After  writing  thirty-one 
verses  he  had  to  stop.     "Time  failed  me  to  tell." 

Pope  Boniface  IV.  had  the  same  trouble.  There 
were  a  number  of  saints  and  each  one  deserved  to 
have  a  day  named  in  his  memory.  But  he  had  but 
three  hundred  and  sixty-five  days  and  on  his  list  were 
more  than  three  hundred  and  sixty-five  saints.  What 
was  he  to  do?  He  selected  one  day  and  called  it 
"All  Saints'  Day."  This  is  the  day  we  celebrate  on 
November  1. 

211 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Isn't  it  splendid  to  know  that  there  are  not  enough 
days,  not  enough  time,  to  tell  about  all  the  good 
people  in  this  world?  There  would  be  plent}'  of  time 
to  tell  about  all  the  bad  people.  Probably  you  have 
heard  mamma  say:  "The  daily  paper  tells  too  much 
about  evil  people  and  about  the  bad  things  they  do." 
Tell  mamma  that  we  do  not  have  a  paper  big  enough 
to  tell  about  all  the  good  things  that  are  done.  If 
all  the  good  deeds  of  all  the  good  people  in  all  of 
our  country  were  printed  on  any  one  day  in  any  one 
of  our  daily  papers,  what  would  happen?  It  would 
require  a  two-horse  wagon  or  an  automobile  truck 
to  bring  that  paper  to  }rour  house.  The  paper 
would  be  too  big  to  get  in  through  your  door. 
You  would  have  to  spread  it  out  on  the  street  in 
order  to  read  it.  Then  there  would  not  be  room  for 
people  to  walk  along  the  street  while  you  were  read- 
ing your  paper.  But  we  can  put  all  the  wicked 
things  that  are  done  in  one  day  in  one  paper  that  is 
small  enough  to  fold  up  and  put  in  one  of  papa's 
pockets. 

A  crowd  watches  a  house  on  fire.  But  just  think 
of  that  crowd  looking  at  every  house  that  is  not  on 
fire.  You  will  stop  and  look  at  a  man  who  is  stag- 
gering along  the  street,  but  you  could  not  possibly 

212 


ALL    SAINTS'    DAY   AND    HALLOW'S   EVE 

take  time  to  stop  and  look  at  every  man  who  does 
not  stagger. 

There  are  more  saints  than  sinners.  I  hear  you 
ask,  who  are  saints?"  By  saints  the  Bible  means  any 
one  who  loves  God  and  his  fellow-man.  You  thought 
the  saints  were  all  dead.  Yrou  can  be  a  saint  without 
dying  or  even  being  sick.  A  saint  is  an  every-day 
good  person.  Don't  be  afraid  of  the  ring  of  light 
that  hangs  over  the  heads  of  picture  saints.  There 
is  no  such  ring  or  halo.  If  there  were  it  would  come 
to  the  one  whose  head  it  would  fit  like  his  hat. 

How  would  this  plan  suit  you  for  the  evening  be- 
fore All  Saints'  Day,  called  All  Hallow's  Eve?  Make 
a  list  of  the  good  people  you  know  and  love  and 
write  to  them  and  say  that  to-morrow,  All  Saints' 
Day,  you  are  going  to  put  their  names  in  your 
Saints'  Gallery.  Could  not  do  it?  Why?  "Time 
would  fail  me  to  tell."  Then  try  another  plan. 
Make  a  list  of  those  who  are  not  saints,  those  whose 
gates  you  thought  of  taking  off,  those  on  whom  you 
thought  of  playing  some  trick  on  Hallowe'en.  "Good  ! 
Good!"  you  say.  "We  can  do  that,  as  there  are 
only  two  or  three  in  our  neighborhood." 

How  can  you  know  a  real  saint?     You  will  find 
that  he  loves  children   and  would  be  willing  to  die 

313 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

for  them.  I  wonder  if  this  is  not  why  "All  Saints' 
Day"  is  the  Children's  Day?  A  story?  All  right, 
take  this  one  related  by  Mr.  Dayton.  He  tells  of 
some  of  those  "close  calls"  which  every  engineer  must 
reckon  on  as  part  of  the  day's  work. 

A  most  remarkable  instance  of  this  sort  happened 
many  years  ago  on  a  railway  in  eastern  Missouri 
and  was  told  in  a  railway  paper.  One  summer  morn- 
ing a  twelve-car  train  containing  the  members  of  a 
Sunday-school  was  bound  for  a  picnic  at  a  point 
about  fifty  miles  distant.  Altho  the  sky  was  cloud- 
less when  the  excursion  started,  the  train  had  not 
proceeded  more  than  half  way  when  a  thunder- 
storm broke.  The  rain  fell  in  torrents.  The  engineer 
was  worried  for  fear  the  terrific  downpour  might 
cause  a  washout  or  spreading  of  the  rails,  and  he 
slowed  down  to  about  thirty-five  miles  an  hour.  As 
the  train  swung  around  a  curve  and  approached  a 
small  station  which  it  was  to  pass  without  stopping, 
the  engineer,  peering  through  the  broken  curtain  of 
rain,  saw  that  the  switch  just  ahead  was  open.  It 
meant  a  terrible  disaster.  He  closed  the  throttle  and 
put  on  the  brakes  in  an  instant. 

"Better  stick  to  it,"  he  shouted  to  his  fireman, 
"hundreds  of  children  on  board." 


ALL   SAINTS'   DAY   AND   HALLOW'S   EVE 

"I  mean  to,"  was  the  answer.     "God  help  us  all !" 

His  last  words  were  drowned  by  a  terrific  crash  of 
thunder  which  came  with  a  flash  of  lightning  that 
seemed  to  strike  the  ground  just  ahead  of  the  engine. 
The  next  thing  they  knew  they  were  past  the  station, 
still  riding  safely  on  the  main-line  rails. 

The  train  came  to  a  stop  and  the  engineer  and 
conductor  hurried  back  to  discover  what  had  hap- 
pened and  how  the  train  had  passed  the  open  switch. 
They  found  that  the  lightning  had  struck  squarely 
between  the  switch  and  the  rail  and  had  closed  the 
switch.     "It  was  the  act  of  God,"  said  the  engineer. 

A  saint  is  one  who  does  his  best  and  trusts  God 
to  do  the  rest.  I  have  a  long  list  of  every-day  saints, 
but  "time  would  fail  me  to  tell." 


215 


Forty-three 
JOHN'S    LETTER    TO    CHILDREN 

"My  little  children,  these  things  write  T  unto  you." — I  John  2:1. 

IN  what  book  for  grown  people  will  you  find  the 
largest  number  of  letters  to  little  children?  I 
hope  you  will  not  make  many  guesses  before  you  say 
"The  Bible."  May  I  tell  you  about  a  letter  that 
John,  the  beloved  disciple,  wrote  to  you?  In  this 
short  letter  John  says  "little  children"  nine  times. 
Why  did  he  write  this  letter  to  little  children?  He 
says:  "My  little  children,  these  things  write  I  unto 
vou,  that  ye  sin  not."  Then  after  telling  some  facts 
about  the  little  children's  best  friend,  he  says:  "I 
write  unto  you,  little  children,  because  your  sins  are 
forgiven  you."  Does  he  tell  us  how  the  sins  of  little 
children  are  forgiven?  Yes.  He  says  they  are  for- 
given  for  Christ's  sake. 

The  question  I  want  to  ask  you  to-day  is :  Do  you 
believe  that  your  sins  have  been  forgiven  for  Christ's 
sake?  I  hear  you  answer,  "Certainly,  I  believe,  and 
I  pray  to  God  every  day  and  thank  him  for  what 

216 


JOHN'S    LETTER    TO    CHILDREN 

Christ  has  done  for  me."  Then  I  want  to  ask  you 
another  question.  Have  you  told  the  world  that  you 
believe  your  sins  have  been  forgiven?  You  remember 
Christ  said  that  if  we  believe  in  Him  we  should  con- 
fess Him  before  men.  If  you  do  not  confess  Him 
you  either  do  not  believe  in  Him  or  you  are  ashamed 
of  Him. 

If  you  were  in  a  house  that  was  on  fire  and  some 
man  whose  clothes  were  all  torn  and  who  had  been 
drenched  with  the  hose  and  was  covered  with  dirt 
should  rush  in  and  save  you,  would  you  be  ashamed 
to  take  him  to  your  home  and  tell  papa  and  mamma 
that  he  saved  you?  Christ's  coat  was  torn  off  and 
they  spat  on  him,  and  he  was  nailed  to  a  cross,  and 
blood  was  running  over  him,  but  surely  you  should 
not  be  ashamed  of  him. 

If  you  found  the  fireman  who  saved  you  was  a  king 
then  surely  you  would  be  very  proud  of  him.  Christ 
who  saved  you  is  the  King  of  Kings  and  the  Lord 
of  Lords. 

We  are  at  the  time  of  the  year  when  the  nights 
are  long,  and  I  want  you  to  think  about  this  to-night. 
Think  hard,  before  you  say  your  prayers.  If  you 
will  promise  to  do  this  I  will  tell  you  a  story  I  found 
and  kept  for  you. 

217 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

In  visiting  one  of  the  large  city  hospitals,  the  visi- 
tor asked  a  nurse  what  was  the  most  remarkable 
incident  that  she  remembered  in  her  long  hospital 
experience.  The  nurse  said:  "I  can  tell  you  what 
was  the  most  touching  and  impressive  thing  I  ever 
saw  in  my  hospital  experience.  It  took  place  several 
years  ago: 

"There  was  a  terrible  accident  in  the  city  where 
I  was  then  nursing,  and  two  lads  were  brought  in 
fatally  mangled.  One  of  them  died  immediately  on 
entering  the  hospital;  the  other  was  still  conscious. 
Both  of  his  legs  had  been  crusht.  A  brief  examin- 
ation showed  that  the  only  hope  for  the  boy's  life 
was  to  have  them  taken  off  immediately,  but  it  was 
probable  he  would  die  under  the  operation. 

"  'Tell  me,'  he  said  bravely,  'am  I  to  live  or  die?' 

"The  house  surgeon  answered  as  tenderly  as  he 
could:  'We  hope  for  the  best,  but  it  is  extremely 
doubtful.' 

"As  the  lad  learned  his  doom,  his  eyes  grew  large 
and  then  filled  with  tears.  His  mouth  quivered  piti- 
fully, and  in  spite  of  himself,  the  tears  forced  them- 
selves down  his  smoke-grimed  cheeks.  He  was  only 
a  lad,  but  he  showed  the  courage  of  a  man. 

"As  we  stood  about  him,  ready  to  remove  him  to 
218 


JOHN'S    LETTER    TO    CHILDREN 

the  operating  room,  he  summoned  up  his  fast  failing 
strength  and  said:  'If  I  must  die,  I  have  a  request 
to  make.  I  want  to  do  it  for  the  sake  of  my  dead 
mother.  I  promised  her  I  would,  but  I  have  kept 
putting  it  off  all  this  while.' 

"We  listened,  wondering  what  the  poor  lad  meant. 
With  an  effort  he  went  on :  'I  want  to  make  a  public 
confession  of  my  faith  in  Christ.  I  want  a  minister. 
I  want  to  profess  myself  a  Christian  before  I  die.' 

"We  all  looked  at  each  other;  it  was  a  situation 
new  to  our  experience.  What  should  we  do?  A 
nurse  was  sent  for  a  clergyman.  In  the  meanwhile 
we  moved  the  boy  upstairs  to  the  operating  room. 
There  we  laid  him  on  the  table.  By  this  time  the 
minister  arrived.  The  boy  welcomed  him  with  a  beau- 
tiful smile.  The  clergyman  took  his  hand.  I  had 
been  holding  it,  and  it  was  already  growing  cold. 
The  house  surgeons  and  nurses  stood  reverently  by. 

The  boy  began:    'I  believe '     He  faltered,   for 

he  could  hardly  speak  above  a  whisper,  he  was  so 
weak.  I  could  not  help  crying.  The  surgeon  did 
not  behave  much  better.  Not  a  soul  in  the  room 
will  ever  forget  the  sight,  nor  the  words  when  the 
boy  said:  'I  believe  in  Jesus  Christ — His  Son — our 
Savior.' 

219 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

"He  stopt  because  he  had  not  strength  to  say 
another  word.  Then  the  clergyman,  seeing  that  the 
end  was  near,  hastily  put  a  small  piece  of  bread  in 
the  lad's  mouth,  and  a  few  drops  of  wine  to  his  lips, 
thus  formally  administering  the  sacrament  and  re- 
ceiving the  lad  from  the  operating  table — into  the 
company  of  those  who  profess  the  name  of  Christ. 
Summoning  up  all  his  strength,  while  the  minister 

was  praying,  the  boy  said  distinctly :   'I  believe ' 

With  these  blest  words  upon  his  lips  he  passed  away. 

"The  surgeon  put  aside  his  knife  and  bowed  his 
head.  The  Great  Physician  took  the  poor  boy's  case 
into  his  own  hands.  That,  sir,  was  the  most  touching 
and  beautiful  thing  I  have  ever  seen  in  my  hospital 
experience  of  almost  twenty  years." 


120 


Forty-four 
CHRYSANTHEMUM    SUNDAY 

"1  will  (jive  thee  the  tvorth  of  it  in  money." — I  Kings  21:  2. 

rV\  HE  minister  who  chats  with  children  has  a 
-*■  Junior  Congregation.  There  are  two  hundred 
boys  and  girls  who  come  to  church  every  Sunday 
morning.  The  second  Sunday  of  November  is  their 
Chrysanthemum  Day.  Each  member  brings  a  num- 
ber of  these  beautiful  flowers,  and  after  the  service 
the}'  are  taken  to  the  children  in  the  hospital. 

The  beautiful  Chrysanthemum  was  once  a  Japanese 
wild  flower,  known  as  Golden  Chain.  A  flower  lover 
took  this  wild  flower  to  his  own  garden  and  began 
to  take  care  of  it,  and  to  love  it,  and  to  help  it  to 
grow.  What  did  this  beautiful  flower  cost  those  who 
helped  it  to  grow  and  bloom?  It  cost  them  time, 
patience,  love  and  watchfulness.  If  we  know  how 
much  it  all  meant  in  money  we  would  be  surprized 
at  the  amount.  Could  we  give  the  worth  of  it  in 
money  ? 

Why  arc  men  willing  to  pay  such  a  great  price 
221 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

for  the  development  of  a  wild  flower?  Because  they 
see  in  this  little  flower  something  that  is  trying  to 
make  itself  great ;  trying  but  failing.  Looking  down 
at  this  something  the  man's  heart  is  touched  and  he 
says,  "I  will  try  and  help  this  something  to 
fulfill  its  mission."  I  wonder  if  this  is  not  the  secret 
of  nearly  all  of  the  good  that  is  done  in  this  world. 

A  little  child  has  lost  father  and  mother  and  has 
no  friends.  The  little  child  is  almost  nothing  and 
would  be  left  to  die  if  some  one  did  not  see  this 
almost  nothing  trying  to  be  something.  The  child 
is  loved  and  watched  and  educated  and  becomes  a 
great  man. 

Possibly  the  Chrysanthemum  has  a  lesson  for  boys 
and  girls.  If  my  Juniors  ever  become  great  it  will 
be  because  they  developed  from  almost  nothing. 
Father  and  mother  see  this  almost  nothing  trying  to 
be  something  and  begin  to  help  it.  Did  you  ever 
count  the  cost  of  developing  an  almost  nothing  boy 
into  a  great  something  man?  Some  one  has  said, 
"When  you  count  what  a  boy  eats  and  what  he  wears 
and  the  school-books  he  has  to  have,  and  the  doctor's 
bills  that  have  to  be  paid  when  he  gets  the  measles 
or  scarlet  fever,  he  will  cost  his  folks  at  home  at 
least  one  hundred  dollars  a  year.     If  a  boy  loves  to 

222 


CHRYSANTHEMUM  SUNDAY 

smash  things  or  to  kick  his  shoes  right  out,  he  costs 
more  than  that.  So  that  when  he  is  twenty-one  and 
old  enough  to  do  for  himself,  he  will  have  cost  his 
father  more  than  two  thousand  dollars." 

His  mother  cooks  his  victuals,  makes  his  clothes 
and  patches  them,  washes  them  when  he  is  a  little 
fellow  and  cares  for  him  when  he  is  sick.  She  never 
charges  anything  for  that.  If  she  were  dead  and 
father  had  to  hire  all  that  done,  it  would  cost  another 
hundred  dollars  a  year  more;  and  that  is  two  thou- 
sand dollars'  worth  of  work  mother  will  have  done 
for  him  by  the  time  he  is  a  man.  Four  thousand 
dollars  for  a  boy!  What  do  you  think  of  that? 
When  you  are  twenty-one,  will  you  pay  to  father  and 
mother  the  worth  of  yourself  in  money?  Do  not 
forget  to  do  the  best  you  can  and  father  and  mother 
will  be  repaid. 

These  are  hard  times.  When  parents  put  four 
thousand  dollars  into  a  boy,  what  have  they  a  right 
to  expect  from  him  ?  If  the  boy  makes  a  good  citizen 
and  a  useful  man,  they  will  feel  as  if  they  had  good 
pay  for  bringing  him  up. 

Boys  and  girls,  what  are  you  worth  to  your 
parents?  The  Chrysanthemum  pays  for  all  it  costs, 
and  a  boy  by  doing  his  best  pays  for  all  the  help 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

he  gets.  I  hope  each  of  you  will  take  a  Chrysan- 
themum and  think  of  what  it  was  once  and  then  count 
the  cost  and  try  to  enjoy  what  it  is  now.  As  it  is 
one  of  the  last  flowers  to  bloom  before  winter  freezes 
our  gardens,  you  can  take  it  as  the  flower  to  think 
about  during  the  winter.  Would  it  not  be  a  good 
idea  to  call  it  the  "Key  Flower"?  A  shepherd  boy 
in  the  Alps,  while  minding  his  sheep,  saw  a  strange 
flower  at  his  feet.  He  picked  it,  and  a  door  opened 
in  the  hillside.  He  entered  and  found  a  cave  piled 
up  with  gems  in  the  center  of  which  sat  a  gnome, 
who  said,  "Take  what  you  wish,  but  don't  forget  the 
best !"  He  dropt  his  flower,  and  loaded  himseif  with 
jewels,  then  went  out,  hearing  again,  "Don't  forget 
the  best !"  Once  more  in  the  open  air  he  remem- 
bered his  keyflower,  and  turned  back  to  pick  it  up; 
but  the  door  was  gone,  and  in  a  moment  more  all  his 
gems  had  turned  to  dust !  He  had  forgotten  his 
flower!  Do  not  forget  your  "keyflower"  and  its 
lesson.     You  must  have  a  story? 

About  two  centuries  ago  a  Russian  nobleman, 
traveling  in  Mexico,  saw  and  admired  the  maguey 
plant,  which  is  a  native  of  Mexico.  The  Russian 
procured  some  roots  to  take  home  as  a  present  to 
the   Czar.      The   Czar   gave   the    roots   to   the   court 

224 


CHRYSANTHEMUM   SUNDAY 

gardener,  who  promised  to  give  the  plants  his  best 
attention,  but  he  was  taken  suddenly  ill  and  died. 
The  new  gardener,  not  knowing  their  value,  threw 
the  sack  away.  Some  time  afterward  his  little  daugh- 
ter picked  up  one  of  the  roots  and  planted  it.  In 
time  it  put  out  a  few  spikes  for  leaves,  but  it  did 
not  thrive  in  the  cold  air  of  Russia. 

Yrears  passed,  but  it  did  not  bloom.  A  new  gar- 
dener looked  at  the  plant  and  saw  that  it  wanted  to 
bloom,  wanted  to  be  something.  He  began  to  love 
it  a  little,  coax  it  a  little  and  push  it  a  little.  Soon 
many  clusters  of  small  buds  appeared,  which  slowly 
unfolded  and  became  white  blossoms.  The  wonderful 
plant  bloomed  at  last.  The  gardener  said  it  was 
one  hundred  years  old  and  had  bloomed  in  honor  of 
the  Czar.  Word  was  sent  to  him,  and  he  and  his 
whole  court  visited  and  admired  the  flowers  and  the 
plant. 

The  poor  exile  from  the  sunny  skies  of  Mexico  had 
earned  its  reward  and  a  new  name,  for  ever  since 
that  day  it  has  been  known  as  "the  century  plant." 


2V5 


Forty-five 
THANKSGIVING    DAY 

"With   thanksgiving   and  with  singing." — Nehemiah   12:27. 

ONLY  a  few  more  days  to  Thanksgiving.  One 
whole  day  for  saying  "Thank  you."  How 
much  of  the  day  will  you  need  to  say  your  thanks? 
Here  is  an  idea !  Suppose  we  give  thanks  for  the 
blessing  most  people  forget?  Has  the  little  baby 
anything  for  which  to  be  thankful?  Eudora  Bump- 
stead  will  tell  us  some  of  the  blessings  for  which  a 
baby  should  be  thankful: 

Mamma  was  making  ready  the  things  he  would 
need  when  he  should  wake  up.  First  she  went  along 
the  orchard  path  as  far  as  the  old  wooden  pump  and 
said :  "Good  pump,  will  you  give  me  some  nice  clear 
water  for  the  baby's  bath?"  And  the  pump  was 
willing. 

The  good  old  pump  by  the  orchard  path 
Gave  a  nice  clear  water  for  the  baby's  bath. 

Then  she  went  a  little  farther  on  the  path,  and 
stopt  at  the  woodpile  and  said:    "Good  chips,  the 

226 


THANKSGIVING  DAY 

pump  has  given  me  nice  clear  water  for  dear  little 
Ray;  will  you  come  and  warm  the  water  and  cook 
his  food?"    And  the  chips  were  willing. 

The  good  old  pump  by  the  orchard  path 
Gave  nice  clear  water  for  the  baby's  bath; 
And  the  clean  white  chips  from  the  pile  of  wood 
Were  glad  to  warm  it  and  cook  his  food. 

So  mamma  went  on  till  she  came  to  the  barn  and 
then  said :  "Good  cow,  the  pump  has  given  me  nice 
clear  water,  and  the  woodpile  has  given  me  clean 
white  chips,  for  dear  little  Ray;  will  you  give  me 
some  warm,  rich  milk?"   And  the  cow  was  willing. 

Then  she  said  to  the  topknot  hen  that  was  scratch- 
ing in  the  straw:  "Good  Biddy,  the  pump  has  given 
me  nice  clear  water,  and  the  woodpile  has  given  me 
clean  white  chips,  and  the  cow  has  given  me  warm, 
rich  milk  for  dear  little  Ray;  will  you  give  me  a 
new-laid  egg?"     And  the  hen  was  willing. 

The  good  old  pump  by  the  orchard  path 
Gave  nice  clear  water  for  the  baby's  bath; 
And  the  clean  white  chips  from  the  pile  of  wood 
Were  glad  to  warm  it  and  cook  his  food; 
The  cow  gave  milk  in  the  milk-pail  bright, 
And  the  topknot  Biddy  an  egg  new  and  white. 

Then  mamma  went  on  till  she  came  to  the  apple- 
bin  and  said:  "Good  apple-bin,  the  pump  has  given 
me  nice  clear  water,  and  the  woodpile  has  given  me 

227 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

clean  white  chips,  and  the  cow  has  given  me  warm, 
rich  milk,  and  the  hen  has  given  me  a  new-laid  egg 
for  dear  little  Ray ;  will  you  give  me  a  pretty  red 
apple?"  And  the  apple-bin  opened  its  door  and  let 
her  in. 

So  mamma  took  the  apple  and  the  egg  and  the 
milk  and  the  chips  and  the  water  to  the  house,  and 
there  was  Baby  Ray  in  his  nightgown  looking  out  of 
the  window. 

And  she  kissed  him  and  bathed  him  and  drest  him, 
and  while  she  brushed  and  curled  his  soft  brown  hair 
she  told  him  the  Thanksgiving  story  that  I  am  tell- 
ing you. 

The  good  old  pump  by  the  orchard  path 

Gave  nice  clear  water  for  the  baby's  bath; 

And  the  clean  white  chips  from  the  pile  of  wood 

Were  glad  to  warm  it  and  cook  his  food; 

The  cow  gave  milk  in  the  milk-pail  bright, 

And  the  topknot  Biddy  an  egg  new  and  white; 

And  the  apple-bin  gave  an  apple  so  round  and  so  red, 

For  dear  little  Ray,  who  was  just  out  of  bed. 

If  we  sing  this  we  will  have  Thanksgiving  with 
singing. 

But  all  the  good  things  are  not  for  bab}'.  The 
older  Juniors  must  have  something  for  which  to  be 
thankful. 

The  Thanksgiving  dinner!  Yes!  You  are  all 
228 


THANKSGIVING   DAY 

thankful  for  it.     And  the  pumpkin  pie— how  thank- 
ful you  are  for  it !     You  begin  to  be  thankful  when 
the  pumpkin  turns  up  its  big  round  face  and  smiles 
at  you  in  the  cornfield.     Then  the  pumpkin  makes 
you  smile  when  you  put  a  candle  back  of  its  face 
and  carry   it   about   on   Hallowe'en   night.      If  you 
begin  to  think  of  pumpkin  Thanksgiving,  you  may, 
if  it  were  possible,  forget  to  eat  the  pie.     I  am  quite 
sure    you    all   know    that    rhyme— "The    Four    and 
Twenty  Blackbirds."     Do  you  know  it  is  a  Thanks- 
giving pie  rhyme?    It  tells  us  about  a  number  of  our 
greatest  blessings  for  which  we  should  be  thankful. 
All  the  Juniors  should  recite  it  at  the  close  of  their 
Thanksgiving  dinner. 

The  four  and  twenty  blackbirds  represented  the 
twenty-four  hours  of  the  day.  Surely  we  should  be 
thankful  for  the  twenty-four-hour  day.  Eight  hours 
for  work,  eight  hours  for  play  and  eight  hours  for 
sleep.  The  bottom  of  the  pie  is  the  world,  while  the 
top  crust  is  the  sky  that  overarches  it.  The  opening 
of  the  pie  is  the  day  dawn,  when  the  birds  begin  to 
sing,  and  surely  such  a  sight  is  fit  for  a  king.  In 
the  spring  when  the  birds  come  North  you  must 
wake  up  early  and  hear  the  birds  when  they  begin 
to  sing.    The  king,  who  is  represented  as  sitting  in 

■2-2$ 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

his  parlor  counting  out  his  money,  is  the  sun,  while 
the  gold  pieces  that  slip  through  his  fingers,  as  he 
counts  them,  are  the  golden  sunbeams.  The  sun  and 
his  light!  Just  think!  The  sun  as  a  king  counting 
out  his  sunbeams  and  throwing  them  to  us  in  sun- 
shine, something  better  than  gold.  The  queen,  who 
sits  in  the  dark  kitchen,  is  the  moon,  and  the  honey 
with  which  she  regales  herself  is  the  moonlight.  Had 
you  ever  thanked  God  for  the  moonlight?  Some- 
thing better  than  honey. 

The  industrious  maid,  who  is  in  the  garden  before 
her  king,  the  sun,  has  risen,  is  day  dawn.  The  clothes 
she  hangs  out  are  the  clouds.  Never  thought  of  that, 
did  you?  The  birds  who  so  tragically  end  the  song 
by  nipping  off  her  nose,  are  the  sunset  that  ends 
the  day.  So  we  have  the  whole  day,  if  not  in  a  nut- 
shell, in  a  pie. 


230 


IF] 
of 


Forty-six 
LINKED    UP    WITH    GOD 

Pray  without  ceasing."— I  Thessalonians  5:17. 
FEAR  John  Knox's  prayers  more  than  an  army 


10,000  men."  Why  did  Mary,  Queen  of 
Scots,  fear  the  prayers  of  John  Knox?  Because  he 
was  linked  up  with  God  and  had  power.  What  do 
I  mean  by  being  linked  up  with  God?  An  anchor 
is  made  of  strong  links  and  one  end  of  the  chain 
is  fastened  to  the  ship.  On  the  other  end  of  the 
chain  is  a  double  hook.  When  the  anchor  is  thrown 
out  it  takes  hold  upon  the  rocks  in  the  sea  and  holds 
the  ship.  The  ship  is  linked  up  with  the  rocks,  and 
is  therefore  safe.  We  are  linked  up  with  God,  who 
is  called  the  "Rock  of  Ages."  God  has  given  us  an 
anchor  which  is  called  "Hope,"  and  when  we  throw 
this  anchor  out  into  our  troubles  it  takes  hold  of 
God  and  we  are  safe. 

The  Bible  tells  of  wonderful  things  done  by 
prayer.  Prayer  opened  the  Red  Sea ;  brought  water 
gushing  out  of  the  dry  rock.     Prayer  made  the  sun 


231 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

stand  still.  But  you  must  not  think  that  the  power 
of  prayer  came  to  an  end  when  the  Bible  was  written. 
If  God  were  writing  his  Bible  to-day  He  could  tell 
of  wonderful  things  done  by  prayer  in  our  own  age. 
Here  is  one  of  them: 

Hudson  Taylor  was  a  man  of  great  faith  in  God. 
When  he  first  went  out  as  a  missionary  to  China  it 
was  in  a  sailing  vessel.  Very  close  to  the  shores  of  a 
cannibal  island  the  ship  was  becalmed,  and  it  was 
slowly  drifting  shoreward,  and  the  savages  were 
eagerly  anticipating  a  feast.  The  captain  came  to 
Mr.  Taylor  and  besought  him  to  pray  for  the  help 
of  God. 

"I  will,"  said  Taylor,  "provided  you  set  your  sails 
to  catch  the  breeze."  The  captain  declined  to  make 
himself  a  laughing  stock  by  unfurling  sails  in  a 
dead  calm.  Taylor  said:  "I  will  not  undertake  to 
pray  for  the  vessel  unless  you  will  prepare  the  sails." 
And  it  was  done.  While  engaged  in  prayer  there  was 
a  knock  at  the  door  of  his  stateroom. 

"Who  is  there?" 

"The  captain's  voice  responded,  "Are  you  still 
praying  for  wind?" 

"Yes." 

"Well,"  said  the  captain,  "you'd  better  stop  pray- 


LINKED   UP   WITH   GOD 

ing,  for  we  have  more  wind  than  we  can  well  manage." 
And  sure  enough,  when  but  a  hundred  yards  from 
shore  a  strong  wind  had  struck  the  sails  of  the  boat 
so  that  the  cannibals  were  cheated  out  of  their  human 
prey. 

I  can  almost  hear  some  one  say:  "We  pray,  but 
our  prayers  just  go  out  from  us,  and  we  do  not  see 
the  one  to  whom  we  pray;  how  can  we  know  whether 
any  one  hears  us?" 

A  short  time  ago  one  of  my  boys  had  a  birthday. 
On  the  morning  of  this  day  I  wanted  to  speak  to  him 
and  give  him  my  best  wishes.  I  went  to  a  telegraph 
office  and  wrote  what  I  wanted  to  say  on  a  piece  of 
paper.  The  telegraph  officer  took  it  and  said  that 
the  message  would  be  delivered  in  a  few  minutes.  I 
was  standing  by  a  window  from  which  I  could  see  the 
Atlantic  Ocean  and  I  knew  that  my  boy  was  in  his 
office  from  the  window  of  which  he  could  see  the 
Pacific  Ocean.  The  telegraph  operator  made  a  little 
machine  say  "Tick-tick,"  and  told  me  that  tfre  mes- 
sage had  gone.  Now  how  did  I  know  whether  my 
son  would  receive  those  ticks  or  not?  I  had  faith 
and  believed  that  that  telegraph  operator  was  linked 
up  with  another  telegraph  operator  in  that  far- 
away city.     But  you  say  that  does  not  prove  that 

233 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

my  message  was  received.  That  is  true,  but  later  on 
I  was  given  the  proof.  It  came  in  a  message  stating 
that  my  congratulations  had  been  received.  The 
proof,  you  see,  was  in  the  answer.  The  first  time  you 
pray  to  God  and  receive  an  answer  to  your  prayer 
3rou  will  have  proof  that  you  are  linked  up  with  God 
and  that  God  can  and  will  answer  your  prayer. 

Our  text  says,  "Pray  without  ceasing."  Some  of 
you  are  thinking  how  it  is  possible  to  pray  without 
ceasing.  We  must  have  time  to  play  and  time  to 
eat  and  time  to  talk  to  our  friends.  As  you  always 
expect  a  story  I  shall  let  the  story  answer  your 
question.  It  is  a  story  of  how  a  little  girl  prayed 
without  ceasing.  "When  I  first  open  my  eyes  in 
the  morning  I  pray:  Lord,  open  the  eyes  of  my 
understanding;  and  while  I  am  dressing  I  pray  that 
I  may  be  clothed  with  the  robe  of  righteousness; 
and  when  I  have  washed,  I  ask  for  a  washing  of 
regeneration ;  and  as  I  begin  to  work,  I  pray  that  I 
may  have  strength  equal  to  my  day;  when  I  begin 
to  kindle  up  the  fire,  I  pray  that  God  will  kindle  a 
fire  of  love  in  my  soul.  And  as  I  sweep  my  room, 
I  pray  that  my  heart  may  be  cleansed  of  all  im- 
purities; and  while  preparing  and  partaking  of 
breakfast,  I  desire  to  be  fed  from  the  hidden  manna 

284 


LINKED  UP   WITH   GOD 

and  the  sincere  milk  of  the  word;  and  as  I  am  busy 
with  the  little  children  I  look  up  to  God  as  my 
Father  and  pray  for  the  spirit  of  adoption  that  I 
may  be  his  child ;  and  so  on  all  day,  everything  I  do 
furnishes  me  with  a  thought  for  prayer." 

Pray  without  ceasing.  Be  "linked  up"  with  God. 
Do  your  best  and  some  one  will  finish  all  that  you 
begin.     Commit  to  memory  these  verses  by  Whittier: 

Others  shall  sing  the  song; 
Others  shall  right  the  wrong; 
Finish  what  I  begin, 
And  all  I  fail  of  win. 
What  matter,  I  or  they, 
Mine  or  another's  day; 
So  the  right  word  be  said, 
And  life  the  sweeter  made? 


<235 


Forty-seven 
NOTHING  VENTURED,  NOTHING  WON 

"Go  ye  into  all  the  world.'' — Mark  Hi:  1.5. 

"\7POU  have  learned  in  your  Junior  Congregation 
■■•  that  Advent  means  coming;  the  coming  of 
Christ.  But  if  your  life  is  all  coming  and  no  going 
it  will  be  a  failure.  When  Christ  came  to  this  world 
He  said,  "Go  ye  into  all  the  world  and  tell  others 
the  good  things  I  have  told  you."  This  the  third 
Sunday  in  Advent.  I  would  like  to  call  it  Adven- 
ture Sunday.  What  does  adventure  mean  ?  It  mean* 
an  effort  to  do  something  without  knowing  just  what 
the  result  will  be.  It  means  something  in  which  you 
can  wrap  your  faith.  "Nothing  ventured,  nothing 
won."  Have  faith  in  God  and  then  venture  to  do 
something  for  God  and  man. 

In  the  book  of  Esther  there  is  a  beautiful  story 
about  adventure.  Mordecai  was  a  good  man  and 
was  linked  up  with  God.  He  had  an  advent.  God 
came  and  talked  with  him  and  after  this  advent  he 
found   that  it   was   necessary   to  have   an   adventure. 

33G 


NOTHING  VENTURED,  NOTHING  WON 

Some  one  must  take  God's  message  to  the  king.  The 
king  had  "No  Admittance"  on  his  door,  and  any  one 
who  went  in  without  being  asked  was  in  danger  of 
death.  Mordecai  told  Esther  to  go,  but  she  was 
afraid.  When  urged  she  just  wrapt  her  faith  in  an 
adventure  and  said  she  would  go.  She  asked  all  the 
people  of  God  to  fast  and  pray  for  three  days  and 
told  them  that  she  and  her  friends  would  do  the  same. 

After  these  three  days  she  told  Mordecai,  "I  will 
go  unto  the  king,  which  is  according  to  the  law,  and 
if  I  perish,  I  perish."  This  was  a  brave  adventure. 
She  made  the  effort  without  knowing  just  what  the 
result  would  be.  Esther  was  linked  up  with  God  and 
was  successful  with  the  king.  All  of  her  people  who 
trusted  in  God  were  saved.  There  are  little  ad- 
ventures for  little  people  just  as  there  are  big  ad- 
ventures for  big  people.  There  are  Juniors  whose 
parents,  brothers  and  sisters  have  not  learned  about 
the  Advent  of  Christ.  A  little  boy  or  girl  may  be 
the  only  Christian  in  the  home.  To  kneel  and  pray 
before  those  who  do  not  love  God  is  an  adventure. 

Mary  P.  Lord,  a  teacher  among  the  Sioux  In- 
dians, tells  us  this  beautiful  story:  An  Indian  baby 
was  dying.  It  lay  in  its  father's  arms,  while  near 
by  stood  another  little  daughter,  a  few  vears  older. 

2's: 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

"Papa,"  said  the  little  daughter,  "little  sister  is 
going  to  heaven  to-night.  Let  me  pray."  As  she 
said  this,  she  kneeled  at  her  father's  knee,  and  this 
was  the  sweet  little  prayer  which  fell  from  her  lips: 
"Father,  God,  little  sister  is  coming  to  see  you  to- 
night. Please  open  the  door  softly  and  let  her  in. 
Amen."  That  was  a  real  adventure.  Do  you  ever 
visit  little  friends  who  are  not  Christians?  Try  kneel- 
ing and  saying  your  prayers  before  them.  You  will 
probably  find  it  an  adventure. 

After  this  season  of  Advent  comes  Christmas;  it 
is  almost  in  sight.  You  boys  and  girls  must  remem- 
ber that  at  the  first  Christmas  all  the  gifts  were 
brought  to  the  child  Christ.  Does  this  not  teach  us 
that  Christmas  is  a  time  to  give  rather  than  a  time 
to  receive?  The  time  for  adventure  rather  than  the 
time  of  advent?  You  ask,  How  can  we  take  gifts 
to  Christ?  We  can  take  all  our  gifts  to  Christ  by 
venturing  to  help  some  one  that  is  in  need.  Christ 
says  whatever  we  do  for  other  boys  and  girls  and 
any  one  who  needs  help  we  are  really  doing  for  Him. 
I  catch  you  smiling;  you  think  giving  to  others  is 
no  adventure.  So  many  are  just  waiting  and  anxious 
to  receive  gifts.  But  those  who  need  them  most  and 
those   to  whom   we  should   take   gifts   are   those  to 

238 


NOTHING  VENTURED,  NOTHING  WON 

whom  it  is  most  difficult  to  give  them.  Here  is  a 
story  in  which  you  can  learn  just  what  we  mean: 

The  window  of  a  little  shop  in  an  old  arcade  in 
Berne  was  filled  one  day  with  crosses  and  hearts  in- 
tended for  the  decoration  of  graves,  and  among  them 
were  several  slabs  of  marble  with  the  inscriptions, 
"In  Memory  of  my  Sister,"  "To  the  Best  of  Hus- 
bands," etc. 

As  we  were  in  the  shop,  three  or  four  idle  tourists 
had  halted  to  laugh  at  the  uncultivated  taste  shown 
in  these  cheap  votive  offerings.  Apart,  and  quite 
unconscious  of  them,  stood  a  poor  Swiss  maid-servant. 
Her  eyes  were  full  of  eager  longing.  The  slab  she 
coveted  was  the  cheapest  of  the  lot,  a  black  slab, 
white-lettered;  but  the  inscription  was,  "To  my  dear 
Mother." 

"She  stops  every  morning  to  look  at  that,"  whis- 
pered the  shopkeeper.  "But  she  won't  have  enough 
money  to  buy  it  in  years." 

"Tell  her  she  can  have  it,"  said  one  of  the  tourists, 
a  well-drest  man,  in  a  loud  voice.     "I'll  pay  for  it.'* 

"Monsieur  is  very  generous,"  answered  the  shop- 
keeper.   "But  I  doubt — she  is  no  beggar." 

While  they  were  speaking,  a  young  American  girl. 
with  sympathy  exprest  in  her  face,  had  been  watching 

239 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

this  scene.  She  had  real  sympathy  for  the  girl,  for 
she  too  had  lost  her  mother. 

She  drew  the  young  girl  aside  and  said:  "I  am 
a  stranger.  I  am  going  away  to-morrow,  never  to 
come  back  again.  I  should  like  to  think  somebody 
here  would  remember  me  kindly.  Will  you  not  let 
me  give  you  that  little  slab  to  lay  on  your  mother's 
grave?"  The  woman's  face  was  filled  with  amaze- 
ment, and  then  with  delight.  The  tears  rained  down 
her  cheeks.     She  held  the  girl's  hand  in  her  own. 

"You,  too,  have  lost  your  mother?  Yes?  Then 
you  can  understand !    I  thank  you,  gracious  lady." 

"Go  ye"  with  help  to  some  one  who  is  sensitive  but 
in  real  need.     "Nothing  ventured,  nothing  won." 


no 


Forty-eight 
THE    ADVENT    CHILD 

"For  unto  us  a  child  is  born." — Isaiah  9:6. 

MAMMA  is  very  busy  and  we  are  all  helping 
her.  Sweeping,  dusting  and  airing  the  spare 
room  and  making  everything  ready.  Visitors  are 
coming.  We  are  so  glad  to  have  them  come  for  they 
once  helped  us  when  we  were  very  poor.  Brother, 
who  is  just  home  from  college,  says:  "We  are  ex- 
pecting the  advent  of  some  friends."  The  dictionary 
says  "advent"  means  arrival,  visit,  the  coming  of 
some  one.  We  are  all  using  the  new  word  and  talking 
about  the  advent  of  our  friends. 

Since  the  sixth  century  some  of  our  churches  have 
set  apart  four  Sundays  before  Christmas  and  call 
them  Advent  Sundays.  How  busy  we  all  should  be ! 
Getting  the  heart  ready  for  Christmas.  Heart 
cleaning ;  getting  the  best  heart-room  ready  for  the 
little  guest.  Everything  ready  to  make  Christ  happy, 
whose  coming  made  us  all  so  happy.  We  are  spe- 
cially anxious  to  honor  this  guest,  because  He  saved 

24,1 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

us  from  our  sins  when  we  were  not  able  to  save  our- 
selves. 

A  certain  business  man  has  a  curious  little  charm 
for  his  watch-chain.  He  wouldn't  sell  it  for  a  thou- 
sand dollars;  no,  nor  two,  nor  three.  His  little 
child  gave  it  to  him  one  day  when,  as  he  says,  he 
was  "down."  "I  had  lost  every  cent  I  had  in  the 
world,  and  there  at  my  desk,  my  head  on  my  arms, 
I  was  thinking  of  a  possible  way  to  end  it,  when 
my  little  child  came  up  to  me  and  asked:  'What 
does  "ruined"  mean,  papa?'  And  then  I  knew  I  had 
been  groaning  loud  enough  to  be  heard  and  under- 
stood. 'You  said  "ruined,"  papa.  What  does  it 
mean  ?' 

"It  means  I  haven't  any  money,  baby.  Papa's  a 
poor  man.  The  little  feet  pattered  away,  then  came 
back  again,  and  here  on  my  watchcharm  is  what  she 
gave  me.  Not  a  great  fortune — no,  but  the  founda- 
tion of  one.  Whatever  I've  gained  since  came  from  it, 
for  it  gave  me  courage."  Your  pastor  has  a  cross  on 
his  watch-chain.  The  gift  of  the  Christ  Child.  The 
cross  gives  him  courage. 

Jesus  has  come,  and  Christmas  is  the  anniversary 
of  his  advent.  The  Children's  Pastor  believes  that 
every  little  child  can  be  an  advent  blessing.     "How," 

:2\2 


THE   ADVENT    CHILD 

you  ask,  "can  a  little  child  bring  a  bLessing?"  Listen, 
and  I  will  tell  you  some  of  the  ways,  and  you  can 
guess  more  of  them.  I  know  a  little  child  that 
weighed  thirty-five  pounds  who  lifted  a  man  who 
weighed  one  hundred  and  ninety-five  pounds.  The 
man  was  out  of  work  and  each  day  his  pocketbook 
was  getting  thinner  and  thinner;  so  were  the  soles 
of  his  shoes.  One  morning  the  little  child  saw  the 
father  on  his  knees  and  heard  his  prayer.  When  he 
started  out  that  morning  to  look  for  work  he  heard 
some  one  walking  behind  him.  "Where  are  you 
going,  my  child?"  "I  am  going  with  you  to  look 
for  work."  He  lifted  the  child  on  his  broad  should- 
ers. You  say  that  was  one  hundred  and  ninety- 
five  pounds  lifting  thirty-five  pounds.  Was  it?  The 
first  place  he  looked  for  work  he  was  asked:  "Is 
this  your  little  child?"  Why  do  you  not  get  her 
shoes  ?"  Before  papa  could  answer  the  little 
child  said:  "Papa  will  get  me  shoes  if  you  will 
give  him  work."  Papa  got  the  work.  Do  you  not 
see  that  on  the  heart  of  the  little  child,  father  was 
carried?  One  of  our  church  papers  tells  another 
true  story: 

Grandma  Wilkins  was  sick.     The  doctor  said  she 
must  be  kept  very  quiet.     Wilfred  heard  his  mother 

243 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

say,  "We  must  keep  the  doorbell  from  ringing  if 
possible."  "I  can  do  something  for  grandma," 
thought  the  little  boy.  So  he  sat  on  the  front  step, 
and  soon  a  woman  with  a  book  in  her  hand  came 
to  the  door.  "Grandma  is  very  sick,"  said  Wilfred; 
"nobody  must  ring  the  bell."  The  lady  smiled, 
but  went  away.  Soon  a  man  with  a  satchel  came. 
"Grandma  is  sick  and  mamma  doesn't  want  anything 
at  all,"  said  the  boy. 

All  day  long  the  people  came.  It  seemed  to  Wil- 
fred that  almost  everybody  had  something  to  sell; 
but  he  kept  guard  and  the  bell  was  silent.  Sister 
came  to  call  him  to  lunch,  but  Wilfred  would  not 
leave  his  post.  "Just  bring  me  a  sandwich  or  some- 
thing, and  I'll  eat  it  here,"  he  said.  At  last  the 
doctor  came  again.  He  smiled  down  upon  Wil- 
fred and  said:  "Well,  little  picket  guard,  your 
grandma  is  going  to  get  well,  and  you  have  helped 
to  save  her."  Then  his  mother  came  out  and  took 
him  in  her  arms  and  whispered:  "I  am  quite  proud 
of  my  brave,  unselfish  little  son."  When  Wilfred 
went  in  on  tiptoe  his  grandma  thanked  him  with 
a  kiss. 

Tell  you  one  more  advent  story?  An  Eastern 
legend  says:    In  the  country,  near  a  great  city,  a 

244 


THE   ADVENT   CHILD 

golden  ball  was  let  down  out  of  heaven  every  day 
at  noontime  and  on  it  was  written,  "Whoever  shall 
touch  this  ball  will  get  some  wonderful  blessings." 
Many  tried  to  reach  it,  but  all  failed.  The  tallest 
man  in  the  country  came,  but  could  not  reach  it. 
Then  they  sent  to  other  countries  and  brought  all 
the  giants,  but  not  one  of  them  could  touch  the 
ball.  One  day  there  was  in  the  crowd,  waiting 
for  the  descent  of  the  ball,  an  old  man  with  a  young 
child.  The  old  man  was  not  tall,  and  all  laughed 
at  him  when  he  said  he  would  try  to  reach  the  ball. 
He  lifted  the  little  child  on  his  shoulders  and  the 
child  smiled  as  the  ball  came  down.  The  golden 
ball  settled  into  the  tiny  uplifted  hands  and 
rested  there  for  a  moment.  Then  came  the  blessing; 
not  only  to  the  child,  but  to  every  one  standing  in 
that  crowd.  Thank  God  for  the  advent  of  every 
little  child. 


245 


I 


Forty-nine 
PEACE  SUNDAY 

"The  Prince  of  Peace:'— Isaiah  9:6. 

N  a  charmed  sleep  on  the  Isle  of  Avalon,  rest- 
ing until  the  morning.  You  want  to  know  who 
was  asleep?  In  your  history  you  will  learn  that 
more  than  1,500  years  ago  the  English  conquered 
the  Britons.  The  Britons  taught  their  children  to 
belive  that  the  great  King  Arthur  was  not  really 
dead,  but  slept  a  charmed  sleep  on  the  Isle  of  Ava- 
lon, and  that  he  would  some  day  awake  and  lead 
them  to  victory.  More  than  800  years  before  our 
first  Christmas  one  of  the  prophets  looked  into  the 
future  and  wrote:  "For  unto  us  a  child  is  born, 
unto  us  a  son  is  given;  and  the  government  shall 
be  upon  his  shoulder;  and  his  name  shall  be  called 
Wonderful,  Counsellor,  the  mighty  God,  the  ever- 
lasting Father,  the  Prince  of  Peace."  Some  one 
greater  than  King  Arthur  coming  to  give  us  peace. 

Some  people  thought  that  this  was  a  fable,  but 
it  proved  to  be  a  fact.  The  little  Prince  of  Peace 
did  come,  and  shortly  we  shall  celebrate  the  1912th 

246 


PEACE    SUNDAY 

anniversary  of  his  birth.  God  knew  best  how  to 
send  peace  to  the  world.  Man  would  have  sent  a 
great  warrior  with  a  big  sword,  who  would  have 
thrashed  the  next  biggest  giant,  and  with  one  foot  on 
the  conquered  giant,  would  have  lifted  his  sword 
into  the  air  and  bellowed  like  a  Bull  of  Bashan, 
"Let  us  have  Peace."  But  God  sent  a  little  child 
and  not  a  great  giant  with  peace  for  the  world.  Sun- 
day, December  15,  is  "Peace  Sunday,"  and  all 
clergymen  are  expected  to  preach  about  peace.  I 
am  going  to  talk  about  this  little  child  who 
came  to  bring  the  blessings  of  peace  for  little 
children !  Here  are  facts  that  may  interest  you. 
Without  peace  we  must  have  great  battleships.  If 
we  could  have  peace  and  sell  one  battleship,  the  money 
would  build  and  furnish  fifty  Manual  Training 
Schools,  where  75,000  children  could  each  get  a 
good  education  and  be  taught  a  trade.  The  cost 
of  one  battleship  would  build  two  libraries  like  the 
great  Congressional  Library  at  Washington,  which 
is  the  finest  building  in  the  world.  The  cost  of 
books  and  libraries  would  be  less  than  the  cost  of 
keeping  the  battleship.  One  of  our  largest  battle- 
ships costs  $12,000,000  and  requires  $800,000  a 
year  to  keep  it. 

247 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Now,  what  could  we  do  for  children  if  we  had 
peace  and  could  use  this  battleship  money  for  them? 
We  could  furnish  1,400  churches  that  would  cost 
$20,000  each.  Just  think  of  1,400  Junior  Con- 
gregations! Then  we  could  give  7,000  farms, 
costing  $4,000  apiece,  to  parents  of  little  children 
who  did  not  have  a  home.  And  we  would  have 
enough  money  left  to  send  14,000  boys  and  girls  to 
college  and  give  them  $500  a  year  for  their  ex- 
penses.    Surely  all  children  will  work  for  peace. 

The  little  Prince  of  Peace  came  to  the  world,  and 
gradually  but  surely  peace  is  coming.  Some  of 
you  are  old  enough  to  remember  about  the  war  be- 
tween Russia  and  Japan.  Our  ex-President,  Colonel 
Roosevelt,  made  peace  between  these  two  great  coun- 
tries. He  did  not  roar  like  a  Bull  of  Bashan,  but 
history  says  that  a  story  he  told  about  a  bull  de- 
cided these  nations  to  make  peace.  Here  is  the  story : 
"I  was  riding  across  the  plains  in  a  railway  train 
when  a  powerful  bull  placed  himself  squarely  be- 
tween the  rails  and  defied  the  oncoming  locomotive. 
Now,  the  engineer  could  have  accepted  the  chal- 
lenge and  with  his  great  engine  could  have  killed 
the  angry  bull.  But  he  did  not.  No,  he  stopt 
the  train,  and  with  the  aid  of  the  train  crew  drove 

248 


PEACE    SUNDAY 

the  animal  off  the  track.  Why?  Because  of  the 
possible  damage  which  might  have  been  done  to  the 
train  had  he  run  over  the  bull.  It  might  have  de- 
railed the  locomotive."  When  they  thought  about 
this  story,  neither  of  the  nations  wanted  to  be  the 
bull  and  both  decided  to  get  off  the  track  of  war 
and  have  peace. 

When  peace  comes  permanently  to  the  world  it 
will  be  Christian  peace.  If  the  boys  and  girls  be- 
come good  Christians  they  can,  when  men  and  women, 
bring  peace  to  the  world.  A  story  will  show  you 
how  this  can  be  done:  A  missionary  from  Mada- 
gascar writes:  The  Kora  tribe  had  been  converted 
from  heathenism  to  the  worship  of  the  true  God. 
The  neighboring  Sakalava  people  began  to  fight 
them.  It  was  the  first  time  the  Koras  had  gone  to 
war  since  their  conversion  to  Christianity,  and  their 
prime  minister  reminded  them  that  it  must  be  car- 
ried on  in  a  Christian  manner.  There  must  be  no 
needless  bloodshed,  no  carrying  off  of  slaves,  no 
stealing  or  like  wrong  things  that  are  usually  the 
rule  in  war.  A  fund  of  money  was  raised  that  the 
soldiers  might  honestly  buy  from  the  enemy  what- 
ever they  might  need.  Children  held  prayer-meet- 
ings and  prayed  for  the  speedy  end  of  the  war. 

349 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

The  Sakalava  villagers  were  astonished  at  such 
queer  warriors.  "What  strange  enemies  are  these?" 
they  asked;  "they  will  not  take  even  an  egg  with- 
out paying  for  it."  When  the  two  armies  faced  each 
other,  the  Kora  commander  asked  for  parley.  He 
explained  to  the  opposing  chief  why  he  wished  to 
avoid  bloodshed,  if  possible.  The  heathen  chief 
sneered  openly,  accusing  him  of  being  afraid  to 
fight.  In  reply  the  commander  said,  "What  is  your 
price  for  yonder  bullock?"  The  amount  was  paid, 
and  the  general  aimed  his  gun  at  the  animal.  "You 
can't  kill  it  at  that  distance,"  sneered  the  other. 
The  shot  rang  out  and  the  bullock  fell  dead.  "Now," 
said  the  Kora  chief,  "all  of  my  soldiers  can  shoot  as 
well  as  I.  What  would  be  your  chance  in  a  battle 
against  us?" 

"We  should  all  be  dead  men,"  was  the  frank  re- 
ply. The  parley  was  followed  by  an  agreement 
for  peace.  The  heathen  chief  asked :  "Can  not  some 
of  your  men  stay  and  teach  us  the  religion  that 
makes  enemies  into  friends?" 


250 


Fifty 
THE  SILENT  YEARS 

"Jesus  increased  in  wisdom  and  stature." — Luke  2:52. 

"QJ  TUDY  a  tree  until  you  see  what  every  one 
^~*  else  sees  in  it,  and  then  study  it  until  you  see 
what  no  one  else  sees  in  it."  This  is  what  a  great 
teacher  said  to  one  of  his  Juniors.  Jesus  is  the  Tree 
of  Life  and  the  Children's  Pastor  wants  you  to 
study  Jesus  until  you  see  what  every  one  else  sees 
in  Him  and  then  study  Him  until  you  see  what 
no  one  else  sees  in  Him.  Christmas  is  the  best  time 
to  begin  your  study.  The  New  Testament  tells  us 
about  the  life  of  Jesus  as  a  little  child.  Then 
nothing  more  is  told  us  about  Him  until  he  is  twelve 
years  of  age.  Then  nothing  more  is  told  until  He 
is  thirty  years  of  age.  All  the  other  years  arc 
"silent   years." 

This  twelfth  year  is  probably  the  most  important 
year.  At  this  age  children,  like  little  birds,  climb  on 
the  rim  of  the  nest  and  try  to  fly.  It  was  when 
Jesus  was  twelve  years  of  age  that  he  went  up  with 
His   parents   to  Jerusalem,  but   did  not   start  back 

251 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

with  them.  They  had  a  long  hunt  for  Him.  But 
Joseph  and  Mary  showed  Jesus  that  He  could  do 
something  good  and  great  by  remaining  at  home. 
Probably  they  told  Him  that  the  first  great  thing 
for  a  Junior  of  twelve  years  of  age  was  to  obey 
his  parents.  Obedience  is  the  key  to  all  success. 
Jesus  went  home  with  His  parents  and  did  just  what 
they  told  Him.  He  remained  at  home  until  He  was 
a  man  ready  and  prepared  to  do  something  really 
great. 

But  what  about  these  silent  years?  Do  you  know 
anything  about  them?  Our  text  tells  us  that  dur- 
ing the  silent  years  "He  increased  in  wisdom."  His 
brain  grew  and  He  was  able  to  think  better  and  to 
do  things  better.  The  second  thing  that  He  did 
during  these  silent  years  was  to  "increase  in  stat- 
ure." He  grew  to  a  strong,  healthful  man.  He 
grew  in  favor  with  God  and  man.  It  was  also  dur- 
ing the  silent  years  that  He  learned  a  trade.  He 
was  not  only  spoken  of  in  after  years  as  the  car- 
penter's son,  but  Mark  tells  us  that  people  who 
heard  Him  preach,  said,  "Is  not  this  the  carpenter?" 
You  therefore  see  that  we  know  many  things  about 
Christ  during  His  silent  years. 

I  am  so  glad  Luke  told  us  these  facts  about  the 
252 


THE  SILENT  YEARS 

child  Jesus.  Real  Christmas  helps  for  Juniors.  We 
can  not  really  know  a  great  man  until  we  know  some- 
thing about  his  childhood.  When  a  boy,  Giotto  the 
painter  sketched  on  rough  stones  pictures  of  his 
sheep.  Nelson's  boyish  reply  to  his  grandmother  was, 
"What  is  fear?"  Washington  as  a  boy  wanted  to  go 
to  sea.  His  mother's  tear  was  larger  than  the  sea, 
and  in  the  boat  of  obedience,  launched  on  the  tear, 
he  sailed  home  again. 

What  next?  One  great  fact:  The  child  life  of 
Jesus  was  just  like  your  life.  At  twelve  He  wanted 
to  do  some  great  and  good  work.  Nearly  every 
bov  or  girl  when  twelve  wants  to  be  brave  and 
great.  The  majority  of  Christians  confest  Christ 
when  they  were  twelve,  or  just  a  little  older.  Just 
think  of  Jesus  as  being  tempted  and  tried  just  as 
you  are.  Growing  just  as  you  are  growing.  Open 
the  door  of  your  heart  and  let  Him  in. 

He  will  help  you  to  make  your  life  clean  and 
sweet  and  to  live  happy  days  and  happy  weeks.  He 
will  do  more  than  this.  He  will  make  your  life  so 
happy  that  when  you  are  a  man  you  can  go  back 
to  your  childhood  and  live  over  again  those  happy 
days.  Dr.  Van  Dyke  has  written  something  very 
beautiful  about  going  back  to  the  child-life. 

253 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

When  to  the  garden  of  untroubled  thought 

I  came  of  late,  and  saw  the  open  door, 

And  wished  again  to  enter,  and  explore 
The  sweet,  wild  ways  with  stainless  bloom  inwrought 
And  bowers  of  innocence  with  beauty  fraught, 

It  seemed  some  purer  voice  must  speak  before 

I  dared  to  tread  the  garden,  loved  of  yore, 
That  Eden  lost  unknown,  and  found  unsought. 

Then  just  within  the  gate  I  saw  a  child — 

A  strange  child,  yet  to  my  heart  most  dear — 

He  held  his  hands  to  me,  and  softly  smiled.     .     .     . 
"Come  in,"  he  said,  "and  play  a  while  with  me; 
I  am  the  little  child  you  used  to  be." 

You  are  to  study  the  life  of  Christ  until  you 
see  something  no  one  else  has  seen.  Possibly  your 
father  and  mother  have  never  noticed  the  fact  that 
when  Christ  was  twelve  years  of  age  he  asked  a 
great  many  questions.  I  am  sure  he  has  sympathy 
with  boyTs  and  girls  who  are  scolded  for  asking  too 
many  questions.  Now,  shall  I  tell  you  a  story? 
When  Alexander  the  Great  was  a  boy  the  Persian 
ambassadors  came  to  his  father's  court.  We  are 
told  that  the  boy  Alexander  asked  them  a  great 
many  questions  and  that  the  ambassadors  were  in- 
terested in  him  because  his  questions  were  very  wise. 

We  are  told  that  all  Alexander's  questions  were 
directed  to  the  distance  and  size  of  their  country  and 
the  nature  of  their  great  roads  and  how  they  had 
carried   them   up   into   the   high   countries   of   Asia. 

254 


THE   SILENT   YEARS 

He  asked  about  their  king  and  about  his  power 
and  about  the  power  their  people  had.  He  wanted 
to  know  what  their  king  did  with  his  enemies  when 
he  had  conquered  them  in  war.  When  you  are  old 
enough  to  read  Plutarch  you  will  learn  more  about 
Alexander's  questions.  Some  one  has  written,  "The 
child  is  father  to  the  man."  Alexander  the  boy  was 
showing  what  he  would  be  when  he  became  Alexander 
the  Great. 


255 


Fifty-one 
STEEL-RIMMED  SPECTACLES 

"And  I,  if  I  be  lifted  up  from  the  earth,  will  draw  all  men 
unto  me."— John  12:32. 

A  RE  you  thankful  that  your  nose  is  just  where 
-**  it  is?  Never  thought  of  that?  Just  try  to 
imagine  it  some  other  place  on  your  face.  We 
should  be  thankful  that  our  nose  is  in  the  right 
place.  It  holds  our  spectacles  and  is  therefore  a 
friend  of  our  eyes.  Gold,  silver,  nickel,  iron,  steel; 
which  metal  binds  your  eye-windows  together  and 
holds  them  across  your  nose?  Yours  are  steel? 
Just  the  same  as  mine.  We  must  be  careful  when 
standing  close  to  a  powerful  magnet.  Why?  The 
magnet  might  draw  our  steel-rimmed  spectacles  off 
our  nose. 

There  are  many  magnets  and  we  pass  close  to 
some  of  them  every  day.  "When  I  was  a  boy," 
said  an  old  man,  "I  was  often  very  idle,  and  used 
to  play  during  the  lessons  with  other  boys  as  idle  as 
myself.      One    day    we    were    fairly    caught    by    the 

256 


STEEL-RIMMED    SPECTACLES 

master.  'Boys,'  he  said,  'you  must  not  be  idle;  you 
must  attend  closely  to  your  books.  The  first  one 
of  you  who  sees  another  boy  idle  will  please  come 
and  tell  me.' 

"  'Ah,'  I  thought  to  myself,  'there  is  Joe  Sim- 
mons, whom  I  don't  like;  I'll  catch  him,  and  if  I  see 
him  lool$  off  his  book  I'll  tell  the  teacher.' 

"It  was  not  long  until  I  saw  Joe  look  off  his  book, 
and  I  went  up  at  once  to  tell  the  master. 

"  'Indeed,'  he  said ;  'how  did  you  know  he  was 
idle?' 

"  'I  saw  him,'  said  I. 

"  'You  did?  And  were  your  eyes  on  your  book 
when  you  saw  him  ?"  said  the  teacher.  'Probably  those 
steel—rimmed  spectacles  you  wear  are  to  blame.  Mis- 
chief is  a  magnet,  and  it  may  have  drawn  your 
eyes  and  nose  into  what  was  not  your  own  business.' 
When  I  went  home  I  asked  father  to  get  me  gold- 
rimmed  spectacles.  When  I  told  father  why  I 
wanted  gold  instead  of  steel  he  laughed  a  great  long 
laugh.  Said  he  had  the  same  trouble  when  he  was  a 
boy.  One  day  he  saw  two  boys  stealing  a  sled  and 
something  just  drew  him  over  to  see  the  sled.  The 
bad  boys  broke  his  glasses,  hurt  his  nose  and  stole 
his  hat." 

257 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Let  us  put  on  our  thinking  caps.  Might  there 
be  something  which  is  called  sin  in  our  hearts,  some- 
thing like  bits  of  steel?  If  so,  then  there  may  be 
magnets  of  temptation  that  draw  these  sins  and  with 
them  draw  us  into  bad  company.  Something  like 
steel-rimmed  spectacles  on  our  soul. 

My  uncle  works  in  a  mill,  and  oiie  day  a  piece 
of  steel  was  thrown  from  a  wheel  and  sank  deep  into 
his  eye.  The  doctor  had  a  magnet  and  with  it  drew 
the  piece  of  steel  out  of  his  eye.  He  told  uncle  that 
his  magnet  would  lift  four  hundred  pounds.  It 
would  surely  draw  a  steel  splinter  out  of  any  part  of 
the  body.  I  wonder  if  there  is  any  magnet  strong 
enough  to  draw  sin  out  of  the  heart. 

Mother  heard  me  laughing  about  steel-rimmed 
spectacles  on  my  heart,  and  she  said  there  is  a 
magnet  called  the  Cross,  which  can  draw  them  off. 
Our  text  says:  "And  I,  if  I  be  lifted  up  from  the 
earth,  will  draw  all  men  unto  me."  When  Christ 
died  for  us  He  was  lifted  up  on  the  cross.  That 
may  be  what  mother  meant  when  she  said  the  Cross 
was  a  magnet. 

When  we  go  home  we  will  ask  father  or  mother 
who  the  great  Magnet  is  that  can  draw  us  from  any 
part  of  the  world  to  him.     If  He  can  draw  us  to 

258 


STEEL-RIMMED    SPECTACLES 

Him,  then  He  will  surely  be  able  to  draw  steal, 
and  all  kinds  of  sin,  out  of  our  hearts. 

Now  two  minutes  for  a  story : 

It  is  about  a  mariner's  compass.  In  it  is  a  mag- 
netic needle  pointing  to  the  north.  If  there  is  a 
steel  wire  or  nail  near  it  the  needle  will  not  point 
right.  Once  a  sailor  drove  a  nail  near  the  ship's 
compass  and  the  nail  caused  the  needle  to  turn  from 
the  north.  The  captain  thought  the  needle  was 
pointing  right,  but  it  misled  him,  and  his  ship  was 
wrecked  on  the  rocks. 

A  very  learned  man  decided  to  study  the  magnetic 
needle  and  try  to  make  it  always  point  to  the  north. 
For  several  weeks  he  sat  and  bent  over  the  needle, 
but  the  closer  he  watched  it  the  farther  it  would 
move  from  the  north.  He  tried  more  than  a  dozen 
needles  and  decided  they  were  all  wrong.  The 
needles  were  right,  his  brain  was  right,  his  nose 
was  all  right,  and  his  figures  were  correct.  What 
was  wrong?  On  his  nose  he  wore  steel-rimmed  spec- 
tacles. 

Now  listen  to  the  best  kind  of  a  secret,  a  secret 
you  can  tell.  Sin  is  a  magnet  and  draws  us  away 
from  God.  Love  is  a  better  magnet  and  draws  us 
to  God.     The  Cross  represents  love,  and  so  long  as 

259 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

we  keep   close  to   the   Cross   sin   can   not   draw   us 
away. 

When  the  woes  of  life  o'ertake  me, 
Hopes  deceive,  and  fears  annoy, 

Never  shall  the  Cross  forsake  me; 
Lo!  it  glows  with  peace  and  joy. 


260 


Fifty-two 
GOLD-RIMMED  SPECTACLES 

"Bear  ye  one  another's  burdens." — Galatians  6:2. 

DID  you  see  that  little  girl?  She  is  a  great 
burden-bearer.  If  you  had  a  pair  of  the  new 
gold-rimmed  spectacles  you  would  be  astonished  to 
see  what  she  is  carrying.  You  have  not  heard  of 
these  new  golden  spectacles?  You  have  heard  of 
the  X-ray,  that  strange  light  that  enables  you  to 
see  a  stout  man's  bones  and  to  look  clear  through 
some  people  who  think  they  know  how  to  keep  a 
secret.  The  new  eye-glasses  enable  us  to  see  what 
people  are  carrying. 

The  old  eye-glasses  were,  "Set  a  thief  to  catch 
a  thief."  If  any  one  is  a  thief  he  is  the  one  who 
can  see  a  thief  and  know  all  the  mean  things  he  is 
doing.  But  there  are  so  few  mean  people  that  it 
does  not  pay  to  make  these  old  eye-glasses.  A 
new  eye-glass  firm  has  been  organized,  and  is  called, 
"The    Junior    Congregation    Eye-glass    Company, 

261 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

Unlimited."  The  new  eye-glasses  are,  "Set  a  bur- 
den-bearer to  see  a  burden-bearer."  If  a  boy  or 
girl  has  learned  to  bear  burdens  for  others,  that 
is  the  boy  or  girl  who  can  see  all  who  are  burden- 
bearers.  We  call  them  gold-rimmed  because  gold  is 
pure. 

If  you  have  these  gold-rimmed  spectacles  you  will 
be  able  to  see  that  little  girl  with  burdens  on  both 
shoulders,  burdens  on  top  of  her  head,  burdens  in 
both  arms.  Each  finger  carrying  a  burden  as  large 
as  a  big  man  would  feel  able  to  carry  on  his  shoul- 
ders. This  little  girl  read  in  her  Bible:  "Bear  ye 
one  another's  burden."  Then  she  began  to  ask, 
"Can  I  bear  any  one's  burdens?"  At  first  she 
thought  that  she  could  only  carry  some  tiny  burden 
for  mother.  She  could  carry  this  burden  and  then 
added  to  it  some  other  person's  burden.  She  soon 
found  that  she  was  able  to  carry  every  one  of  them. 
When  she  took  those  burdens  she  found  that  she 
could  run  faster,  skip  the  rope  oftener,  dance  bet- 
ter, sing  better,  and  that  her  school  work  seemed  to 
be  lighter. 

I  am  going  to  tell  you  a  story.     Here  it  is: 
"Bear  ye  one  another's  burdens  and  so  fulfil  the 
law  of  Christ."    Lena  Graves  read  this  in  her  Bible. 


GOLD-RIMMED   SPECTACLES 

She  determined  to  help  others  to  bear  their  burdens. 
In  the  morning,  after  washing  her  face,  she  put  on 
the  new  spectacles. 

Before  going  down  stairs  she  resolved  that 
through  the  day  she  would  say  every  kind  word  she 
could  honestly  utter.  She  began  to  use  them  at  the 
breakfast  table.  "How  light  these  muffins  are!" 
she  exclaimed,  as  she  broke  one  open  on  her  plate. 
Mrs.  Graves  looked  pleased.  The  family  was  apt 
to  be  critical,  and  she  was  dreading  remarks  upon 
the  coffee,  which  was  not  quite  so  clear  as  usual. 

Lena's  suggestion  took  effect.  The  family  tasted 
the  muffins,  and  were  unanimous  in  their  praise. 
"Light  as  a  feather,"  declared  father.  "Mother's 
muffins  are  always  good,"  said  Will.  Her  mother's 
pleased  and  brightened  face  was  a  revelation  to 
Lena.  The  talk  flowed  on  in  pleasant  channels, 
without  the  usual  grumbling. 

Her  next  opportunity  came  as  she  started  for 
school.  Bridget  was  scrubbing  the  front  steps,  and 
the  young  girl  paused  to  say,  "You  did  up  my  lace 
collar  beautifully,  Bridget.  I  really  believe  it  looks 
better  than  when  it  went  to  the  laundry." 

"That's  a  good  thing  sure,"  answered  Bridget, 
with   a  happy   smile.      And   as   Lena   vanished,   for 

263 


CHATS  WITH  CHILDREN  OF  THE  CHURCH 

some  reason,  Bridget  went  back  and  scrubbed  a 
corner  of  the  upper  step  which  she  had  passed  over 
slightingly. 

After  the  algebra  class  Lena  lingered  for  a  mo- 
ment at  the  teacher's  desk  to  say,  "That  explana- 
tion of  yours  helped  me  to  see  into  this  seventh  ex- 
ample perfectly.  Thank  you."  The  pale,  dis- 
couraged teacher  looked  up,  surprised.  She  had  a 
sudden  refreshed  feeling,  such  as  always  came  when 
a  bunch  of  violets  was  dropt  on  her  desk.  Not  many 
words  of  appreciation  came  her  way,  and  the  joy 
went  through  the  rest  of  the  school's  routine. 

And  so  it  went  on  through  the  hours  of  the 
eventful  day.  At  its  close,  Lena  felt  a  rare  happi- 
ness she  had  never  known.  The  next  morning 
mamma  was  delighted  to  find  that  Lena  had  made 
her  own  bed  and  tidied  up  her  room.  Then  when 
mamma  went  to  her  own  room  she  found  her  bed 
made  to  a  perfect  spread  and  the  dusting  all  done. 
Mamma  fainted.  But  she  "came  to,"  feeling  better, 
and  has  not  had  a  sick  headache  for  three  months. 

Then  came  a  new  world  into  Lena's  vision.  She 
saw  boys  and  girls,  men  and  women,  as  she  had  never 
seen  them  before.  So  many  of  them  were  carrying 
burdens   for  other  people!     The   old  world   seemed 

264 


GOLD-RIMMED   SPECTACLES 

new.     The  old,  sad  world  was  glad.     Her  new  world 
was  not  bad. 

Lena  was  a  member  of  "The  Junior  Congregation 
Eye-glass  Company."  You  could  often  hear  her 
say,  "New  eye-glasses  for  sale.  Price:  the  life,  suf- 
fering and  death  of  Christ." 


265 


A  JUNIOR 
CONGREGATION 

A    CHILDREN'S    SERMON   APPROPRIATE  TO    EVERY   SUNDAY    OF  THE 

YEAR,  TOGETHER  WITH  HINTS  FOR  FORMING  A  JUNIOR 

CONGREGATION 

By  JAMES  M.  FARRAR,  D.D. 

PMstor  of  the   First  Reformed   Church,  Brookljn,  and  Minister  of  the 
First  Organised  Junior  Congregation 

The  church-going  men  and  women  of  to-day  were 
the  church-going  children  of  their  youth.  But  theirs, 
most  likely,  was  a  compulsory  attendance.  This, 
however,  is  the  Children's  Age.  More  time,  more 
thought,  more  energy  are,  in  this  generation,  given 
to  the  study,  development,  and  discipline  of  children 
than  has  ever  been  attempted  in  any  past  century. 
The  Children's  Church  is  being  organized  in  con- 
gregations where  the  children's  welfare  and  the 
church's  future  are  close  at  heart.  Children  in  such 
a  church  love  to  attend,  for  theirs  is  A  Junior  Con- 
gregation worshiping  with  the  regular  congregation, 
thus  forming  habits  of  church-going  in  their  best 
habit-forming  years,  and  acquiring  a  familiarity  with 
the  church's  services  and  ordinances  that  will  help 
them  grow  into  sturdy  church  workers. 

I2mt>,  Cloth.      $1.20,  net;   by  mail,  $1.28 

FUNK  y  WAGNALLS  COMPANY,  Publishers 
NEW  YORK  and  LONDON 


Little  Talks  to 

Little  People 

By  JAMES  M.  FARRAR,  D.D. 

Author  of  "The  Junior  Congregation,"  "Chats  with  Children 

of  the   Church,"  etc.     Pastor  of  the  First  Reformed 

Church,  Brooklyn,   and  Minister  of  the  First 

Organized  Junior  Congregation. 

"Fifty-two  '  sermonettes  '  addressed  to  children 
and  used  by  the  pastor  as  a  '  curtain  raiser '  preceding 
the  regular  sermon  to  grown-ups.  Cast  in  story  form 
appropriate  to  the  season  of  the  year  when  used,  they 
show  a  thorough  psychological  grasp  of  their  peculiar 
and  important  field.  They  have  a  wider  use  in  book 
form,  as  they  can  be  put  to  service  in  places  far  be- 
yond the  reach  of  Dr.  Farrar's  voice,  in  the  home 
on  Sabbath  afternoon  during  the  children's  hour,  in 
juvenile  meetings,  in  the  Sunday-school,  and  indeed 
wherever  one  comes  in  contact  with  that  *  miraculous 
gift  of  God  '—a  child. 

"The  use  of  this  volume  is  urged  by  the  one  who 
pens  this  comment,  for  as  a  Sunday-school  superin- 
tendent and  worker  among  boys  nothing  is  so  lamen- 
table nowadays  as  the  nonchalant  ignoring  on  the 
part  of  a  great  many  parents  of  the  religious  instruc- 
tion of  their  own  children.  Can  any  stranger  teach 
your  child  about  your  Father's  business  as  you  can? 
This  book  will  aid  you,  and  will  suggest  many  other 
steps  that  it  is  your  duty  to  take." — Westminster 
Teacher,  Philadelphia. 

12mo,  Cloth.     $1.20,  net;  by  mail,  $1.30 

FUNK  &  WAGNALLS    COMPANY,  Publishers 
NEW  YORK  and  LONDON